NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS INC
SB-2/A, 1997-09-17
PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS
Previous: CD WAREHOUSE INC, 8-K, 1997-09-17
Next: ALARIS MEDICAL SYSTEMS INC, 424B3, 1997-09-17




   
   As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 1997
    


                                                   Registration No.  333-17767

   
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                            -------------------------
                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                       TO
                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    UNDER THE
                             SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            -------------------------
                           NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in its Charter)
    

     Delaware                       2834                       75-2376714
(State or other          (Primary Standard Industrial     (I.R.S. Employer
jurisdiction of          Classification Code No.)         Identification Number)
incorporation or 
organization)
                                  200 North Oak
                                  P.O. Box 449
                              Roanoke, Texas 76262
                            Telephone: (817)491-2770
                            Telecopier: (817)491-3533
          (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)
(Address of principal place of business or intended principal place of business)
                            -------------------------
                          Stephen F. Brandon, President
                           NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
                                  200 North Oak
                                  P.O. Box 449
                              Roanoke, Texas 76262
                           Telephone: (817) 491-2770
                           Telecopier: (817) 491-3533
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
                            -------------------------

   
                                   Copies to:
Fred Skolnik, Esq.                                  Chase A. Caro, Esq.
Gavin C. Grusd, Esq.                                Caro & Graifman, P.C.
Certilman Balin Adler & Hyman, LLP                  60 East 42nd Street
90 Merrick Avenue                                   New York,  New York 10165
East Meadow, NY 11554                               Telephone: (212) 682-6000
Telephone: (516) 296-7000                           Telecopier: (212) 867-4762
Telecopier: (516) 296-7111
    



<PAGE>



     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of the registration statement.

   
     If this form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. o ______________
    

     If this form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. o ____

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. o ------------


                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Proposed Maximum     Proposed Maximum
                                                      Amount to be       Offering Price    Aggregate Offering         Amount of
Titles of Each Class of Securities to be Registered  Registered (1)       per Share (2)         Price (2)         Registration Fee
- ------------------------------------------------ --------------------  ------------------ ---------------------  -------------------
<S>                                                       <C>                <C>                <C>                  <C>      
   
Common Shares                                             1,400,000          $5.00              $7,000,000           $2,121.00
Underwriter's Common Share Purchase                          140,000          ---               $      100              ---
  Warrants (3)
Common Shares (4)                                            140,000         $7.50               $1,050,000             $318.15
Common Shares (5)                                             20,000         $5.00               $  100,000            $  30.30
                                                                                                                     ------------
Total Registration Fee:                                                                                               $2,469.45 (6)
================================================ =======================  ===================== ==================  ================
    
</TABLE>

(1)  Pursuant  to  Rule  416  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended
     ("Securities  Act"),  this  Registration  Statement  covers such additional
     indeterminate  number of  Common  Shares  and  Underwriter's  Common  Stock
     Purchase Warrants (the "Underwriter's Warrants") as may be issued by reason
     of  adjustments  in the number of shares of Common Stock and  Underwriter's
     Warrants   pursuant   to   anti-dilution   provisions   contained   in  the
     Underwriter's Warrants.  Because such additional shares of Common Stock and
     Underwriter's  Warrants  will,  if  issued,  be  issued  for no  additional
     consideration, no registration fee is required.

(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

   
(3)  To be issued to the Underwriter.

(4)  Issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter's Warrants.

(5)  Registered on behalf of selling stockholder.

(6)  Previously paid.
    

The Registrant hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant  shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this Registration  Statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  Section  8(a) of the
Securities Act or until the  Registration  Statement  shall become  effective on
such  date  as the  Commission,  acting  pursuant  to  said  Section  8(a),  may
determine.



                                        i

<PAGE>



                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 17, 1997
PROSPECTUS
                           Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
           1,400,000 Shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
                        Offering Price Per Share - $5.00
                                 ---------------

   
     Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby
offers  1,400,000  shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common
Shares"). See "Risk Factors" and "Description of Securities." The "Risk Factors"
section begins on page 6 of this Prospectus.

     The Company has applied for  inclusion  of the Common  Shares on the Nasdaq
SmallCap  Market,  although  there can be no assurances  that an active  trading
market will develop even if the securities are accepted for quotation. See "Risk
Factors - Lack of Prior Market for Common Shares; No Assurance of Public Trading
Market"  and  "Risk  Factors  -  Penny  Stock  Regulations  May  Impose  Certain
Restrictions on Marketability of Securities."

     Prior to this  offering (the  "Offering"),  there has been no public market
for the Common  Shares.  It is  currently  anticipated  that the initial  public
offering  price will be $5.00 per Common  Share.  The price of the Common Shares
has been determined by negotiations  between the Company and Clayton,  Dunning &
Company Inc., the underwriter of this Offering (the "Underwriter"), and does not
necessarily bear any relationship to the Company's assets, book value, net worth
or  results  of  operations  or any other  established  criteria  of value.  The
Underwriter may enter into arrangements  with one or more  broker-dealers to act
as co-agents of this Offering.  For additional information regarding the factors
considered  in  determining  the  initial  public  offering  price of the Common
Shares,  see "Risk Factors - Arbitrary  Offering Price;  Possible  Volatility of
Stock  Price,"  "Risk  Factors - Lack of Prior  Market  for  Common  Shares;  No
Assurance  of  Public  Trading   Market,"   "Description   of  Securities"   and
"Underwriting."

     The Offering is being made on a "best  efforts-all  or none"  basis.  Funds
received from  subscribers will be deposited in escrow with First Union National
Bank of Florida.  If payment  for all  1,400,000  Shares is not  received by the
Company within 45 days from the date hereof (which period may be extended for up
to an additional 45 days at the option of the Company and the Underwriter)  (the
"Offering  Period"),  all such funds will be  refunded  to  subscribers  in full
without  interest  or  deduction.  The  Company  has the  right  to  reject  any
subscription in whole or in part. See "Underwriting."

     The  registration  statement  of which  this  Prospectus  forms a part also
covers  the  resale of 20,000  Common  Shares  issued to a certain  unaffiliated
bridge lender (the "Selling  Stockholder").  The Company will not receive any of
the proceeds  from the resale of the Common  Shares by the Selling  Stockholder.
The Common  Shares  held by the  Selling  Stockholder  may be resold at any time
following  the  date  of this  Prospectus,  subject  to an  agreement  with  the
Underwriter  restricting  the transfer of such Common Shares for a period of two
years without the Underwriter's  consent. The resale of the Common Shares by the
Selling Stockholder is subject to Prospectus delivery and other [Cover Continued
on Next Page]
    

                                        1

<PAGE>



   
requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act").  Sales of
such  Common  Shares  or the  potential  of such  sales  at any time may have an
adverse  effect on the market price of the Common  Shares  offered  hereby.  See
"Principal  and Selling  Stockholders"  and "Risk Factors - Shares  Eligible for
Future Sale May Adversely Affect the Market."
                                ----------------

          AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON SHARES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A
       HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND IMMEDIATE SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION OF THE BOOK
             VALUE OF THE COMMON SHARES OFFERED HEREBY AND SHOULD BE
           CONSIDERED ONLY BY PERSONS WHO CAN AFFORD THE LOSS OF THEIR
              ENTIRE INVESTMENT. THESE ARE SPECULATIVE SECURITIES.
                       SEE "RISK FACTORS" AND "DILUTION."
                                ----------------
          THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
           COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
           OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY
            OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                         CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
    


<TABLE>
                                            Price            Underwriting Discounts      Proceeds to
                                            to Public         and Commissions (1)         Company (2)
<S>                                           <C>                   <C>                      <C>  
   
Per Share..........................           $5.00                 $.50                     $4.50
Total..............................        $7,000,000            $700,000                 $6,300,000
    
</TABLE>

   
(1)  Does not reflect additional  compensation to be received by the Underwriter
     in the form of (i) a non-accountable expense allowance of $210,000 and (ii)
     a warrant (to be purchased by the Underwriter for $100) to purchase 140,000
     Common  Shares  (10% of the total  number of Common  Shares  sold  pursuant
     hereto) (the  "Underwriter's  Warrant"),  exercisable for a period of three
     years,  commencing one year from the date of this  Prospectus.  The Company
     and the  Underwriter  have agreed to indemnify  each other against  certain
     liabilities,  including  liabilities  under the Act.  The  Company has been
     informed that, in the opinion of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,
     such   indemnification   is  against   public   policy  and  is   therefore
     unenforceable. See "Underwriting."

(2)  Before deducting  expenses of the Offering payable by the Company estimated
     at $550,000, including the Underwriter's  non-accountable expense allowance
     referred to in footnote (1),  registration fees,  transfer agent fees, NASD
     fees,  Blue Sky filing  fees and  expenses,  legal fees and  expenses,  and
     accounting fees and expenses. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Underwriting."

                         CLAYTON, DUNNING & COMPANY INC.

                     The date of this Prospectus is , 1997.
    

                                        

<PAGE>



   
     A SIGNIFICANT  PORTION OF THE COMMON SHARES TO BE SOLD IN THIS OFFERING MAY
BE SOLD TO  CUSTOMERS OF THE  UNDERWRITER.  SUCH SALES MAY AFFECT THE MARKET FOR
AND  LIQUIDITY  OF  THE  COMPANY'S  SECURITIES  IN  THE  EVENT  THAT  ADDITIONAL
BROKER-DEALERS  DO NOT MAKE A MARKET IN THE  COMPANY'S  SECURITIES,  AS TO WHICH
THERE  CAN  BE  NO  ASSURANCE.   SUCH  CUSTOMERS   SUBSEQUENTLY  MAY  ENGAGE  IN
TRANSACTIONS  FOR THE SALE OR PURCHASE OF THE COMMON SHARES  THROUGH AND/OR WITH
THE UNDERWRITER.

     ALTHOUGH IT HAS NO  OBLIGATION TO DO SO, THE  UNDERWRITER  MAY FROM TIME TO
TIME ACT AS A MARKET MAKER AND OTHERWISE  EFFECT  TRANSACTIONS  IN THE COMPANY'S
SECURITIES.  THE  UNDERWRITER,  IF IT PARTICIPATES  IN THE MARKET,  MAY BECOME A
DOMINATING INFLUENCE IN THE MARKET FOR THE COMMON SHARES.  HOWEVER,  THERE IS NO
ASSURANCE  THAT THE  UNDERWRITER  WILL OR WILL NOT  CONTINUE TO BE A  DOMINATING
INFLUENCE.  THE PRICES AND  LIQUIDITY OF THE  SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY MAY BE
SIGNIFICANTLY AFFECTED BY THE DEGREE, IF ANY, OF THE UNDERWRITER'S PARTICIPATION
IN SUCH MARKET.  THE UNDERWRITER MAY DISCONTINUE  SUCH ACTIVITIES AT ANY TIME OR
FROM TIME TO TIME.  SEE "RISK FACTORS - LACK OF PRIOR MARKET FOR COMMON  SHARES;
NO ASSURANCE OF PUBLIC TRADING MARKET."
    



                                        2

<PAGE>



                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   
     The  following  is a summary of certain  information  (including  financial
statements and notes thereto)  contained in this  Prospectus and is qualified in
its entirety by the more detailed  information  appearing  elsewhere  herein. In
addition,  unless otherwise indicated to the contrary, the information appearing
herein does not give effect to the  issuance of (a) 140,000  Common  Shares upon
exercise of the  Underwriter's  Warrant;  or (b) 558,125  Common Shares upon the
exercise of stock options and warrants that are currently outstanding or will be
outstanding  upon the consummation of the Offering.  However,  all references to
Common Shares and prices per share in this Prospectus give retroactive effect to
a 1.25  for 1  stock  split  effectuated  on  October  15,  1996  as part of the
Company's  reincorporation  in the  State  of  Delaware.  See  "Management-Stock
Options," "Certain  Relationships and Related  Transactions" and "Underwriting."
Each prospective investor is urged to read this Prospectus in its entirety.
    

                                   The Company

     Niche  Pharmaceuticals,  Inc. (the  "Company")  manufactures  through third
party contractors, and markets and distributes,  non-prescription pharmaceutical
and  nutraceutical  dietary  supplement  products.  The Company seeks to exploit
product  niches that have  generally  been  overlooked or neglected by the major
drug companies  because of the relatively small perceived size of the market for
such products. The Company's current products are a patented,  state-of-the-art,
sustained release magnesium supplement marketed under the name Mag-Tab(R)SR, and
a dietary fiber supplement marketed as Unifiber(R).

   
     The Company  markets its products to virtually  all of the drug and dietary
supplement  wholesalers  in the United  States  which,  in turn,  supply  retail
pharmacies,  numerous state and federal institutions, and group and managed care
purchasing  organizations ("GPOs") acting on behalf of hospitals,  extended care
facilities and nursing homes. In order to secure meaningful retail  distribution
and create a loyal core of  physicians,  pharmacists,  dietary  specialists  and
other  health care  professionals  to  recommend  the use of its  products,  the
Company's marketing strategy includes direct marketing and promotional  programs
aimed at such persons. See "Business - Sales and Marketing."

     The Company's founders and current management team are individuals who have
significant  experience in the domestic and international sales and marketing of
prescription and non-prescription pharmaceutical products. See "Management."

         The Company intends to use a substantial portion of the net proceeds of
the  Offering  to increase  its sales  promotion  and  marketing  efforts,  hire
additional sales personnel,  acquire or license  additional niche products,  and
undertake research and development activities on existing and acquired products.
See "Use of Proceeds."
    

                                        3

<PAGE>




     The Company commenced  operations in 1991 as a Texas  corporation,  and was
reincorporated  as a Delaware  corporation  on October  15,  1996.  The  Company
maintains  its  executive  offices  at 200  North  Oak,  Roanoke,  Texas  76262;
telephone number (817) 491-2770.


         See "Risk  Factors" for a discussion of certain  factors that should be
considered in evaluating the Company and its business.

                                  The Offering

   
Common Shares Being Offered .......   1,400,000 shares

Common Shares Outstanding Prior to
the Offering ......................   1,119,227 shares

Common Shares to be Outstanding
After the Offering (1).............   2,519,227 shares


Use of Proceeds....................   The  net  proceeds  to the  Company  from 
                                      the  sale  of the 1,400,000  Common Shares
                                      offered hereby are estimated to be
                                      $5,750,000  The net proceeds are expected 
                                      to be applied in the following approximate
                                      percentages  for the  following purposes:
                                      marketing and advertising (33.7%), 
                                      repayment of indebtedness (12.3%), hiring
                                      of additional personnel (9.6%), product
                                      acquisition (8.7%), research and develop-
                                      ment (5.2%) and working capital (30.5%). 
                                      See "Use of Proceeds."
    


Risk Factors......................    An investment in the securities  offered  
                                      hereby involves a high degree of risk and
                                      immediate substantial dilution of the book
                                      value of the Common Shares and should be 
                                      considered only by persons who can afford 
                                      the loss of their entire investment.  See 
                                      "Risk Factors" and "Dilution."  


   
Proposed Nasdaq SmallCap Market
 Symbol(2).........................    NCHE
- -----------------
    

   
(1)  Does not give  effect to the  issuance of (i)  140,000  Common  Shares upon
     exercise of the Underwriter's  Warrant;  or (ii) 558,125 Common Shares upon
     the exercise of stock options and warrants  that are currently  outstanding
     or  will  be  outstanding  upon  the  consummation  of  the  Offering.  See
     "Management-Stock    Options,"    "Certain    Relationships   and   Related
     Transactions" and "Underwriting."
    


                                        4

<PAGE>



   
(2)  Although the Company has applied for  inclusion of the Common Shares on the
     Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market,  there  can be no  assurance  that the  Company's
     securities  will be included for  quotation,  or, if so included,  that the
     Company  will be able to continue to meet the  requirements  for  continued
     inclusion,  or that a public trading market will develop or, if such market
     develops,  that it will be  sustained.  See  "Risk  Factors - Lack of Prior
     Market for Common Shares; No Assurance of Public Trading Market."
    

                          Summary Financial Information

   
     The  following  summary  financial  information  has been  derived from the
financial  statements of the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The
information should be read in conjunction with the financial  statements and the
related  notes  thereto.  All  amounts  are in dollars  except  number of Common
Shares. See "Financial Statements."
    

Statement of Operations Data
<TABLE>

                                                      Six Months Ended                     Year Ended
<CAPTION>
                                                           June 30,                        December 31
                                                      -------------------                ----------------
                                                     1997            1996               1996          1995
                                                     ----            ----               ----          ----
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>                 <C>          <C>      
   
Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        $ 469,514     $533,276            $1,127,316   $ 606,268
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          313,985      337,293               728,501     423,122
Operating income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . .     (84,856)     (21,194)             (273,958)     88,181
Net (loss)(1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         (400,005)    (122,256)             (499,639)     (1,003)
 Net (loss) per share(1) . . . . . .                     (.36)        (.11)                (.45)       ---
Weighted average number
  of Common Shares outstanding. . .                 1,101,904     1,101,500            1,101,500    1,101,500
</TABLE>
    

Balance Sheet Data
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
                                                        June 30, 1997                       December 31,1996

                                               Actual              As Adjusted(2)                Actual
<S>                                           <C>                    <C>                          <C>       
   
Working capital (deficit) . . . .  . . .      $(745,816)             $4,709,184                  $(623,244)
Total assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1,500,789               6,542,789                  1,884,243
Total liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2,278,782              1,570,782                  2,500,831
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)            (777,993)             4,972,007                   (616,588)
    
</TABLE>

- ----------------

   
(1)  Results for six months ended June 30, 1997 give effect to  amortization  of
     deferred financing costs of $203,420 ($.18 per share). 

(2)  Adjusted to give effect of the receipt and  application of the net proceeds
     of  approximately  $5,750,000  from the sale of the Common  Shares  offered
     hereby. See "Use of Proceeds."
    




                                        5

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

     An investment in the securities  offered hereby is speculative and involves
a high degree of risk and  substantial  dilution and should only be purchased by
investors  who  can  afford  to  lose  their  entire   investment.   Prospective
purchasers,  prior to  making  an  investment,  should  carefully  consider  the
following risks and speculative  factors, as well as other information set forth
elsewhere in this  Prospectus,  associated  with this  Offering,  including  the
information contained in the financial statements herein.

   
     1. Going Concern Uncertainty; No History of Earnings;  Accumulated Deficit;
Working Capital Deficit and Stockholders'  Deficit.  The report of the Company's
independent  auditors on the Company's financial  statements for the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1995 indicates that such  financial  statements  have been
prepared  assuming  that the  Company  will  continue  as a going  concern,  and
references a note to such financial  statements which states that such financial
statements have been prepared in conformity with generally  accepted  accounting
principles  which  contemplates  continuation of the Company as a going concern,
and  the  realization  of  assets  and  the   satisfaction  of  liabilities  and
commitments  in the normal course of business.  The note states that the ability
of the Company to continue as a going  concern is dependent  upon the success of
the Company's  marketing efforts and its ability to obtain sufficient funding to
continue  operations.  The Company has suffered recurring losses since inception
and for the year ended December 31, 1996 and six months ended June 30, 1997, the
Company had net losses of $499,639 and  $400,005,  respectively.  As of December
31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, the Company's accumulated deficit totaled $1,117,600
and $1,517,605,  respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 1996 and June 30,
1997,  the  Company had a working  capital  deficit of  $623,244  and  $745,816,
respectively.  Moreover,  as of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, the Company
had a stockholders' deficit of $616,588 and $777,993, respectively.  Further, as
noted  above,  a  substantial  portion  of  the  Company's  assets  consists  of
intangible  assets.  The  amortization  expense with respect thereto will have a
material adverse effect upon the Company's  results of operations.  There can be
no assurance that the Company will be able to operate profitably. The Company is
subject to many business risks which include, but are not limited to, unforeseen
marketing and promotional expenses, potential negative publicity with respect to
the Company's industry and products, and intense competition.  Many of the risks
may be beyond the control of the  Company.  There can be no  assurance  that the
Company will  successfully  implement its business plan in a timely or effective
manner, or that management of the Company will be able to market and sell enough
products to generate  sufficient  revenues to continue as a going  concern.  See
"Business" and "Financial Statements."

     2. Dependence on Offering Proceeds; Possible Need for Additional Financing.
The Company's cash  requirements  have been and will continue to be significant.
The Company is dependent on the proceeds  from this Offering in order to further
expand its operations.  The Company intends to use  approximately  $708,000,  or
12.3% of the net  proceeds  of this  Offering,  to repay  certain  indebtedness;
accordingly,  such  amount  will  not  be  available  to  fund  future  business
activities.  The  Company  plans to  increase  the  reach and  frequency  of its
advertising  and marketing  programs and the expansion  and  enhancement  of its
infrastructure,  including, without limitation,  hiring additional personnel and
engaging consultants for particular tasks, such as marketing and computer system
enhancement and other projects,
    

                                        6

<PAGE>



all of which the Company has designed to be implemented over the 18 month period
following the closing date of the Offering.  Based on the foregoing, the Company
believes  that the net  proceeds of this  Offering,  together  with  anticipated
increased revenues from operations,  will be sufficient to conduct the Company's
operations for at least 18 months. In the event that the Company's plans change,
or the costs of operations prove greater than anticipated,  the Company could be
required to curtail its expansion plans or seek additional financing sooner than
currently  anticipated.  The  Company  believes  that  its  operations  would be
restricted  absent  expansion.  The  Company  has no current  arrangements  with
respect  to  additional  financing  and  there  can be no  assurance  that  such
additional financing, if available,  will be on terms acceptable to the Company.
See "Use of Proceeds" and  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis  Liquidity and
Capital Resources."

   
     3. Inexperience of Underwriter.  This is the first offering underwritten by
the  Underwriter.  There  can be no  assurance  that the  Underwriter's  limited
experience will not adversely affect the development of a trading market for, or
liquidity  of, the  Company's  securities.  Therefore,  purchasers of the Common
Shares  offered  hereby may suffer a lack of liquidity in their  investment or a
material diminution of the value of their investment. See "Underwriting."

     4. No Firm Commitment; Escrow of Investors' Funds. This is a "best efforts"
offering and there is no firm  commitment  on the part of anyone to purchase all
or any part of this  Offering,  and no assurance  can be given that the Offering
will be sold.  If the  Offering  is not sold  during the  Offering  Period,  the
Offering  will  terminate  and any  monies  received  from  subscribers  will be
returned  without  interest  thereon  or  deduction  therefrom.  In such  event,
subscribers  will have lost the use of and  interest on their funds  during such
Offering Period. See "Underwriting."

     5.  Dependence on Key  Management and Qualified  Personnel.  The Company is
highly  dependent  upon the  efforts of its senior  management.  The loss of the
services of one or more  members of the senior  management  could  significantly
impede the achievement of development  objectives.  Although the Company intends
to obtain a $1,000,000  key-man  insurance policy on the life of each of Stephen
F. Brandon,  Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of the
Company,  and Thomas F. Reed,  Executive Vice President - Corporate  Development
and a Director of the Company,  the Company does not believe the proceeds of any
policies  obtained  would be  adequate to  compensate  for the loss of either of
them.  It is noted that Jean R. Sperry,  a Vice  President and a director of the
Company, will only devote 10% of his working time to the Company's business. The
Company  is also  highly  dependent  upon its  ability  to  attract  and  retain
qualified key management  personnel.  There is always  competition for qualified
personnel  in the  areas  of  the  Company's  activities,  and  there  can be no
assurance  that the  Company  will be able to  continue  to  attract  and retain
qualified  personnel  necessary for the development of its existing business and
its expansion into areas and activities requiring additional expertise,  such as
marketing. The loss of, or failure to recruit, managerial personnel could have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company.  In addition,  the Company  relies on
consultants to assist it in formulating  its research and  development  strategy
and in  conducting  clinical  trials  of  its  products.  All  of the  Company's
consultants  are  employed  by  other  employers,  or are  principals  of  other
companies  or  professional  practices,   and  each  such  consultant  may  have
commitments to, or consulting or advisory  contracts  with,  other entities that
may limit their availability to the Company. See "Management."
    

                                        7

<PAGE>



   
     6. Reliance on Two Products.  The Company  currently relies entirely on the
sales of its two products,  Mag-Tab(R)SR and Unifiber(R),  to produce  revenues.
Revenues from the sale of  Mag-Tab(R)SR  and  Unifiber(R) (i) for the year ended
December  31,  1996  were  approximately  $573,000,  or 50.8% of  revenues,  and
approximately $554,000, or 49.2% of revenues, respectively, and (ii) for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 were  approximately  $210,000,  or 44.8% of revenues,
and approximately  $259,000,  or 55.2% of revenues,  respectively.  Although the
Company plans to seek other product  acquisitions in the future,  sales of these
two products are expected to account for all of the  Company's  revenues for the
foreseeable  future.  Certain  factors,  such as a decline in market demand,  no
future market  acceptance and increased  competition for superior or alternative
products,  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial
condition and results of operations. See "Business - Products."

     7. Dependence on Major  Customers.  A significant  portion of the Company's
products is  ultimately  sold or  supplied to  consumers  and  patients  through
pharmacies  throughout the United States.  However,  the Company does not supply
these outlets directly. The Company markets its products to virtually all of the
drug and dietary  supplement  wholesalers  in the United States which,  in turn,
supply  pharmacies,  healthcare  institutions,  and GPOs  acting  on  behalf  of
healthcare institutions. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and the six
months  ended  June 30,  1997,  four  drug and  dietary  supplement  wholesalers
accounted  for 28% and  28%;  15% and 22%;  15% and 13%;  and 14% and 11% of the
Company's revenues,  respectively.  Although each of these wholesalers currently
supplies  most  of  the  pharmacies,  GPOs  and  healthcare  institutions  on  a
nonexclusive basis, the loss of any one of these customers could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of operations.
See "Business - Sales and Marketing."
    

     8. No  Manufacturing  Capability or Experience;  Dependence on Others.  The
Company  currently  does not have  facilities  or personnel  capable of directly
manufacturing  any of its own  products.  The  Company  has no current  plans to
manufacture its products and is dependent on third parties in this regard.

   
     The Company has an exclusive  agreement  (the  "Schering  Agreement")  with
Schering Corporation ("Schering") for the manufacture of Mag-Tab(R)SR. Schering,
a  Food  and  Drug  Administration   ("FDA")  regulated  company,   manufactures
Mag-Tab(R)SR  for the  Company  at FDA Good  Manufacturing  Practices  standards
("GMPs") for drug products, although, as a nutritional supplement,  Mag-Tab(R)SR
is not required to comply with those  standards.  The Company  relies  solely on
Schering for the  manufacture  and  packaging of this  product.  Pursuant to the
Schering Agreement, Schering supplies all raw materials and packaging components
for the production of  Mag-Tab(R)SR  according to the Company's  specifications,
and Schering utilizes the quality control and manufacturing  processes  provided
by the Company.  The Schering  Agreement became effective as of July 1, 1997 and
the initial term of the Schering  Agreement expires five years after the date of
the Company's first purchase  order.  The Schering  Agreement,  which replaced a
previous two-year  agreement with similar terms, is automatically  renewable for
successive  two year terms,  unless  written  notice of  termination is given by
either  party at least one year  prior to the  expiration  of the  initial  or a
successive term. The terms of the Schering  Agreement provide that, in the event
of early  termination  by Schering,  Schering  will, at the  Company's  request,
provide  the Company  with a supply of  Mag-Tab(R)SR  up to the total  amount of
product purchased by the
    

                                        8

<PAGE>



Company in the previous year. In the event the Schering  Agreement is terminated
or expires and the Company does not renew its  relationship  with Schering,  the
Company  believes,  but  cannot  assure,  that it will  be  able  to  engage  an
alternative  manufacturer  on  comparable  terms to the  Schering  Agreement  to
manufacture Mag-Tab(R)SR at drug product GMPs levels.

   
     Until December 31, 1996, the Company's Unifiber(R) product was manufactured
by Bertek  Pharmaceuticals  Inc.  (formerly  Dow  Hickam  Pharmaceuticals  Inc.)
("Bertek"), a subsidiary of Mylan Pharmaceuticals Inc., pursuant to an agreement
(the  "Bertek  Agreement")  under  which  the  Company  acquired  the  rights to
Unifiber(R).  Pursuant to the Bertek Agreement,  Bertek continued to manufacture
the Unifiber(R)  product in sufficient  quantity to meet the Company's projected
sales  needs  through  1997 and the  Company  has a six month  supply,  based on
current sales  levels,  of  Unifiber(R)  in inventory.  In September  1997,  the
Company entered into an exclusive agreement (the "IFP Agreement") with IFP, Inc.
("IFP") for the manufacture of Unifiber(R). The Company relies solely on IFP for
the  manufacture  and packaging of this product.  Pursuant to the IFP Agreement,
IFP supplies all raw materials and packaging  components  for the  production of
Unifiber(R)  according  to the  Company's  specifications,  and IFP utilizes the
quality control and  manufacturing  processes  provided by the Company.  The IFP
Agreement  became  effective as of September 1, 1997 and the initial term of the
IFP Agreement expires three years after the date of the Company's first purchase
order.  The IFP Agreement is  automatically  renewable for  successive  two year
terms,  unless  written  notice of termination is given by either party at least
one year prior to the expiration of the initial or a successive  term. The terms
of the IFP Agreement provide that, in the event of early termination by IFP, IFP
will, at the Company's request, provide the Company with a supply of Unifiber(R)
up to the total amount of product purchased by the Company in the previous year.
In the event the IFP Agreement is terminated or expires and the Company does not
renew its relationship with IFP, the Company believes,  but cannot assure,  that
it will be able to engage an alternative manufacturer on comparable terms to the
IFP Agreement to manufacture Unifiber(R).

     Although the Company's policy is to maintain an  approximately  three month
supply of each of Mag-Tab(R)SR  and Unifiber(R) (as noted above, the Company has
a six  month  supply  of  Unifiber(R)),  the  failure  to  engage,  or delays in
engaging,  a  manufacturer  for either product could result in the Company being
unable to fill orders on a timely basis, or at all, resulting in cancellation of
orders,  reduced sales,  loss of customers,  loss of goodwill,  and other events
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.  Additionally, if the
Company is unable to engage a manufacturer on terms at least as favorable as the
Schering Agreement or the IFP Agreement,  the costs of goods sold may be raised,
reducing profit margins. See "Business - Manufacturing."
    

     9. Uncertainty of Third Party  Reimbursement and Product Pricing.  Although
reimbursement or funding from third party healthcare payors currently represents
an immaterial  portion of the Company's  revenues,  future  profitability of the
Company may depend in part upon the  availability  of  reimbursement  or funding
from third party healthcare payors such as government programs (e.g., Medicaid),
private  insurance  plans and managed care plans.  The United States Congress is
considering  a number of  legislative  and  regulatory  reforms  that may affect
companies engaged in the healthcare industry in the United States.  Although the
Company cannot predict whether these proposals will be adopted or the

                                        9

<PAGE>



effects such  proposals may have on its business,  the existence and pendency of
such proposals could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

   
     In addition,  third party payors are continuing their efforts to contain or
reduce the cost of healthcare  through various means.  For example,  third party
payors  are  increasingly   challenging  the  prices  charged  for  medical  and
healthcare products and services.  A third party payor may deny reimbursement if
it  determines  that a product was not used in  accordance  with  cost-effective
treatment  methods  or  for  other  reasons.  There  can be no  assurances  that
Mag-Tab(R)SR  and  Unifiber(R)  will  continue to qualify for  reimbursement  by
Medicaid in accordance with guidelines  established by the Health Care Financing
Administration, by state government payors, or by commercial insurance carriers.
Also,  the  trend  toward  managed  healthcare  in the  United  States  and  the
concurrent growth of organizations,  such as health  maintenance  organizations,
which can control or significantly influence the purchase of healthcare services
and products,  as well as legislative  proposals to reform  healthcare or reduce
government  insurance  programs,  may result in lower prices for  pharmaceutical
products.   The  cost  containment   measures  that  healthcare   providers  are
instituting and the effect of any healthcare  reform could materially  adversely
affect the Company's  ability to sell its products.  See "Business - Third Party
Reimbursement."
    

     10.  Uncertainty  of  Protection  of Patents and  Proprietary  Rights.  The
Company's  success  will  depend in part on its  ability to obtain  and  enforce
patent  protection for its patented  products,  preserve its trade secrets,  and
operate without infringing on the proprietary  rights of third parties,  both in
the United States and in other countries.  In the absence of patent  protection,
the  Company's  business may be adversely  affected by  competitors  who develop
substantially  equivalent technology.  Because of the substantial length of time
and expense  associated  with bringing new products  through  development to the
marketplace,  the pharmaceutical and nutraceutical industries place considerable
importance on obtaining and maintaining  patent and trade secret  protection for
new  technologies,  products and processes.  The Company currently owns a United
States  patent  related to its  Mag-Tab(R)SR  product which will expire in March
2008, and a patent  application  relating to  Mag-Tab(R)SR is pending in Canada.
The Unifiber(R)  technology is not patentable.  The trademark  "Unifiber(R)"  is
registered  in the  United  States.  See  "Business  - Patents  and  Proprietary
Information."

     There can be no assurance that the Company will have  sufficient  resources
to protect its patent from infringers,  that the Company will acquire or develop
additional  products that are patented or patentable,  or that present or future
patents will provide  sufficient  protection to the Company's  present or future
technologies,  products and  processes.  In addition,  there can be no assurance
that others will not independently develop substantially  equivalent proprietary
information,  design around the Company' s current patents or future patents, or
obtain access to the Company's  know-how,  or that others will not  successfully
challenge the validity of the Company's current patent or future patents,  or be
issued  patents  which  may  prevent  the  sale of one or more of the  Company's
products,  or require licensing and the payment of significant fees or royalties
by the  Company to third  parties in order to enable the  Company to conduct its
business.  No  assurance  can  be  given  as to  the  degree  of  protection  or
competitive  advantage  any  patents  issued to the  Company  will  afford,  the
validity of any such patents or the Company's  ability to avoid  infringing  any
patents issued to others. Further, there can be no guarantee

                                       10

<PAGE>



that any patents  issued to, or acquired or licensed by, the Company will not be
infringed by the products of others.  Litigation and other proceedings involving
the  defense  and  prosecution  of  patent  claims  can be  expensive  and  time
consuming,  even in those  instances  in which the outcome is  favorable  to the
Company,  and can result in the diversion of resources from the Company's  other
activities.  An  adverse  outcome  could  subject  the  Company  to  significant
liabilities to third parties,  require the Company to obtain licenses from third
parties or require  the Company to cease any related  research  and  development
activities  or sales  of  infringing  products.  See  "Business  -  Patents  and
Proprietary Rights."

     11. Significant  Competition.  The Company is engaged in the pharmaceutical
and  nutraceutical  industry,  which  is  characterized  by  extensive  research
efforts,  rapid technological  progress and intense competition.  There are many
public  and  private  companies,   including  well-known  companies  engaged  in
developing  and marketing  pharmaceuticals  and  nutraceuticals,  that represent
significant  competition  to the Company.  Existing  products and  therapies and
improvements  thereto do and will  compete  directly  with  products the Company
manufactures and markets,  and may manufacture and market in the future. Many of
the Company's  competitors have  substantially  greater  financial and technical
resources,  production and marketing  capabilities  and experience than does the
Company.

     Competitors  who do not rely on third party contract  manufacturers  may be
able to compete more effectively on price. Additionally, other technologies are,
or may in the future become, the basis for competitive products. Competition may
increase further as a result of the potential advances from structure-based drug
design and greater  availability of capital for investment in this field.  There
can  be no  assurance  that  the  Company's  competitors  will  not  succeed  in
developing  technologies and products that are more effective than the Company's
products or products which the Company may acquire in the future,  or that would
render the Company's  technology and products  obsolete or  noncompetitive.  See
"Business - Competition."

     12.  Dependence on Market Acceptance of Company's  Products.  The Company's
continued  success will depend upon broad  acceptance and adoption by physicians
and dietary  specialists of the Company's products and the therapeutic  benefits
of such  products,  as well as the  Company's  ability to  broaden  sales of its
products to patients of these  physicians and dietary  specialists.  In order to
penetrate this market more  effectively,  the Company has expanded its sales and
marketing  activities,  including  targeted  direct mail,  field sales activity,
attendance at medical conventions and meetings,  development of product advocate
programs, medical and trade journal advertising and telemarketing.  There can be
no assurance  that these or other  activities  or programs will be successful in
obtaining broader market acceptance for the Company's products. Failure to do so
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business.  See "Business -
Sales and Marketing."

   
     13. Potential of Material Adverse Effect of Product Liability Claims on the
Company.  The Company's  business  involves the risk of product liability claims
inherent to the pharmaceutical business. If such claims arise in the future they
could have a material  adverse  impact on the  Company.  The  Company  maintains
product  liability  insurance on an occurrence basis in the amount of $3 million
per occurrence and an aggregate amount of $3 million per policy term period. The
term of the  policy is 12 months  which is  renewable  for  successive  12 month
periods. Additionally, the Company attempts to
    

                                       11

<PAGE>



reduce its risk by obtaining indemnity  undertakings with respect to such claims
from  the  third  party  contract  manufacturers  of its  products.  There is no
assurance  that such coverage or  indemnification  will be sufficient to protect
the Company from product liability  claims, or that product liability  insurance
will be available to the Company at  reasonable  cost, if at all, in the future.
Currently,  there are no pending or threatened claims known to the Company.  See
"Business - Product Liability Insurance; Indemnification."

   
     14. Possible Significant Impact of Consumer Laws and Government  Regulation
on the Company's  Business and  Products.  The Company is subject to the Federal
Food,  Drug and  Cosmetics  Act  (including  the Dietary  Supplement  Health and
Education Act of 1994), the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Packaging and
Labeling Act, the Consumer Product Safety Act, the Federal  Hazardous  Substance
Act  and  product  safety  laws  in  foreign  jurisdictions  as  well  as to the
jurisdiction of the Consumer Product Safety Commission. Such regulation subjects
the  Company to the  possibility  of  requirements  of  repurchase  or recall of
products found to be defective and the possibility of fines, penalties,  seizure
of its products, injunction, and criminal prosecution for repeated violations of
the law. The FDA regulates  product  labeling,  including  product  claims.  The
Federal  Trade  Commission   ("FTC")  also  regulates  product  claims  made  in
advertising.  Existing and future  government  regulations  could impact certain
products of the Company. Additionally, products which the Company may acquire in
the future (if any) may be subject to FDA approval and  regulation,  which could
be time consuming and costly. See "Business - Government Regulation."

     15.  Risks  Attendant  to  Expansion.  The  Company  intends  to  utilize a
significant portion of the net proceeds of this Offering to expand its business.
In this regard, the Company intends to allocate a substantial portion of the net
proceeds for the following purposes:  approximately  $1,940,000, or 33.7% of the
net proceeds,  to market and advertise  the  Company's  products,  approximately
$500,000, or 8.7% of the net proceeds, to acquire new products and approximately
$1,752,000, or 30.5% of the net proceeds, for working capital, including general
administrative  costs.  Many of the risks of expansion may be  unforeseeable  or
beyond the control of management.  At present the Company has not identified any
product  acquisition  candidates,  and it  does  not  have  any  current  plans,
proposals or  arrangements  with  respect to any  acquisitions;  however,  it is
actively  seeking such  candidates.  There can be no assurance  that the Company
will  successfully  implement its business plan in a timely or effective manner,
or that the Company will be able to generate sufficient revenue to continue as a
going  concern.  Furthermore,  there can be no  assurance  that the Company will
identify  any  acquisition  candidates  or, if it does,  that it will be able to
reach any  agreements  to  acquire  such  products  on terms  acceptable  to the
Company.  To the extent  that the  Company  may enter into any  agreements  with
related  parties in the future (of which none are presently  contemplated),  the
Company  anticipates  that the  terms of such  agreements  will be  commercially
reasonable  and no less  favorable to the Company than the Company  could obtain
from  unrelated  third  parties.  Additionally,  the Company  intends  that such
agreements will be approved by a majority of disinterested  directors.  See "Use
of Proceeds" and "Business - General."

     16.  Control by Existing  Management  and  Stockholders;  Effect of Certain
Anti-Takeover  Considerations.  Upon  completion of the Offering,  the Company's
directors,  executive  officers  and certain  principal  stockholders  and their
affiliates will own beneficially approximately 37% of the
    

                                       12

<PAGE>



Common  Shares.  Accordingly,  such holders,  if acting  together,  may have the
ability to exert significant  influence over the election of the Company's Board
of Directors  and other  matters  submitted to the  Company's  stockholders  for
approval.  The voting  power of these  holders  may  discourage  or prevent  any
proposed  takeover of the Company  unless the terms thereof are approved by such
holders.  Pursuant to the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  Preferred
Shares may be issued by the Company in the future without  stockholder  approval
and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may  determine.  The rights of the
holders of Common  Shares will be subject to, and may be adversely  affected by,
the rights of the  holders  of any  Preferred  Shares  that may be issued in the
future. The issuance of Preferred Shares could have the effect of discouraging a
third party from  acquiring a majority of the  outstanding  Common Shares of the
Company and  preventing  stockholders  from  realizing a premium on their Common
Shares.  The Certificate of Incorporation  also provides for staggered terms for
the  members of the Board of  Directors.  A  staggered  Board of  Directors  and
certain  provisions of the Company's  by-laws and of Delaware law  applicable to
the Company could delay or make more  difficult a merger,  tender offer or proxy
contest  involving  the  Company.  See  "Management,"   "Principal  and  Selling
Stockholders" and "Description of Securities."

   
     17.  Management's Broad Discretion in Application of Proceeds.  The Company
intends to use the net  proceeds of this  Offering as  described  in the "Use of
Proceeds" section of this Prospectus for the following  purposes:  approximately
$1,940,000,  or 33.7% of the net proceeds, to market and advertise the Company's
products,  approximately  $708,000,  or  12.3%  of the net  proceeds,  to  repay
indebtedness (including  approximately $295,487, or 5.1% of the net proceeds, to
repay  a loan  to Mr.  Brandon),  approximately  $550,000,  or  9.6%  of the net
proceeds, to hire additional personnel,  approximately  $500,000, or 8.7% of the
net proceeds,  to acquire new products,  approximately  $300,000, or 5.2% of the
net proceeds,  for research and development,  and approximately  $1,752,000,  or
30.5% of the net  proceeds,  for working  capital.  However,  management  of the
Company has broad  discretion to adjust the  application  and allocation of such
net  proceeds  in order to  address  changed  circumstances  and  opportunities,
including,  without limitation,  the possible acquisition of additional products
which the  Company has not yet  identified.  As a result of the  foregoing,  the
success of the Company will be  substantially  dependent upon the discretion and
judgment of the  management of the Company with respect to the  application  and
allocation  of the net proceeds of this  Offering.  Pending use of the proceeds,
the funds will be invested in  certificates  of deposit,  high grade  commercial
paper  and  government  securities  or other low risk  investments.  See "Use of
Proceeds."

     18.  Arbitrary  Offering  Price;  Possible  Volatility of Stock Price.  The
initial public offering price of the Common Shares was determined by negotiation
between the Company and the  Underwriter,  may not be  indicative  of the market
price for such  securities  in the  future,  and does not  necessarily  bear any
relationship  to the  Company's  assets,  book  value,  net worth or  results of
operations of the Company or any other established  criteria of value. Among the
factors  considered  in  determining  the price of the  Common  Shares  were the
history of, and  prospects  for,  the  industry  in which the Company  operates,
estimates of the business  potential  of the Company,  the present  state of the
development of the Company's  business,  the Company's financial  condition,  an
assessment of the Company's management,  the general condition of the securities
markets at the time of this Offering,  and the demand for similar  securities of
comparable  companies.  It should be noted that the stock market in recent years
has
    

                                       13

<PAGE>



   
experienced  extreme  price  and  volume  fluctuations  that  have  particularly
affected  the  market  prices  of  many  smaller  companies.   Frequently,  such
fluctuations   have  been  unrelated  or   disproportionate   to  the  operating
performance of such companies.  These fluctuations,  as well as general economic
and market conditions, may have a material adverse effect on the market price of
the  Common  Shares.   See  "Description  of  Securities,"   "Underwriting"  and
"Financial Statements."
    

   
     19. Lack of Prior Market for Common Shares;  No Assurance of Public Trading
Market. Prior to this Offering,  no public trading market existed for the Common
Shares.  There can be no assurances  that a public trading market for the Common
Shares will  develop or that a public  trading  market,  if  developed,  will be
sustained.  Although  the Company  anticipates  that,  upon  completion  of this
Offering,  the  Common  Shares  will be  eligible  for  inclusion  on the Nasdaq
SmallCap Market, no assurance can be given that the Common Shares will be listed
thereon.  Under prevailing  rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market,  Inc., in order to
qualify for initial  quotation of securities on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market,  a
company, among other things, must have (i) either net tangible assets (i.e., net
of goodwill) of $4,000,000, a market capitalization of $50,000,000 or net income
for the latest  fiscal year or two of the last three  fiscal  years of $750,000,
(ii) a minimum market value of public float of  $5,000,000,  (iii) a minimum bid
price of $4.00 per share,  and (iv)  either one year of  operating  history or a
market  capitalization  of  $50,000,000.  For  continued  listing  on the Nasdaq
SmallCap  Market,  a company  must  have,  among  other  things,  (i) either net
tangible assets of $2,000,000,  a market  capitalization of $35,000,000,  or net
income  for the latest  fiscal  year or two of the last  three  fiscal  years of
$500,000,  (ii) a minimum market value of public float of $1,000,000 and (iii) a
minimum  bid price of $1.00 per  share.  In order to be  included  on the Nasdaq
SmallCap System, the Company also will need a minimum of three market makers for
its Common  Shares.  A minimum of two market  makers is required  for  continued
inclusion.  Additionally,  for both initial listing and continued listing on the
Nasdaq SmallCap Market,  companies must have at least two independent directors,
an Audit  Committee,  a majority  of the  members  of which must be  independent
directors, and at least 300 round lot shareholders (i.e., holders of 100 or more
shares).

     If the Company is unable to satisfy the  requirements  for quotation on the
Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the current rules,  trading,  if any, in the Common
Shares offered hereby would be conducted in the over-the-counter  market in what
is  commonly  referred  to as the "pink  sheets"  or on the NASD OTC  Electronic
Bulletin Board.  As a result,  an investor may find it more difficult to dispose
of, or to obtain accurate  quotations as to the price of, the securities offered
hereby.  The  above-described  rules may  adversely  affect the liquidity of the
market for the Company's  securities.  If a trading  market does in fact develop
for the Common Shares offered hereby,  there can be no assurance that it will be
maintained.  In any event,  because certain  restrictions may be placed upon the
sale of securities  at prices under $5.00 per share,  if the price of the Common
Shares  falls below such  threshold,  unless such Common  Shares  qualify for an
exemption from the "penny stock" rules, such as a listing on the Nasdaq SmallCap
Market,  some  brokerage  firms will not effect  transactions  in the  Company's
securities and it is unlikely that any bank or financial institution will accept
such securities as collateral. Such factors could have a material adverse effect
on the  market  for the  Common  Shares.  See  "Risk  Factors  -  'Penny  Stock'
Regulations May Impose Certain  Restrictions on Marketability of Securities" and
"Underwriting."
    


                                       14

<PAGE>



     Although it has no legal obligation to do so, the Underwriter may from time
to  time  act  as  a  market  maker  and  may  otherwise  effect  and  influence
transactions in the Company's  securities.  However,  there is no assurance that
the  Underwriter  will  continue  to effect and  influence  transactions  in the
Company's  securities.  The prices and liquidity of the Company's  Common Shares
may be  significantly  affected  by the  degree,  if any,  of the  Underwriter's
participation  in the market.  The Underwriter may voluntarily  discontinue such
participation  at any time.  Further,  the market  for,  and  liquidity  of, the
Company's Common Shares may be materially  adversely affected by the fact that a
significant  portion  of the  Common  Shares  may be  sold to  customers  of the
Underwriter.

   
     The Underwriter has agreed, but is not obligated,  to act as a market maker
for the Company's Common Shares.  Although the Company  anticipates that it will
have additional  market makers, it has not identified any as of the date of this
Prospectus.  If the Company cannot engage  additional  market makers, it may not
satisfy the  requirements  for inclusion,  or continued  listing,  on the Nasdaq
SmallCap Market.


     20.  "Penny  Stock"   Regulations   May  Impose  Certain   Restrictions  on
Marketability  of  Securities.  The  Commission  has adopted  regulations  which
generally define "penny stock" to be any equity security that has a market price
less than $5.00 per share,  subject to certain  exceptions.  If, as anticipated,
the Common  Shares  offered  hereby are  accepted  for  quotation  on the Nasdaq
SmallCap  Market upon the  completion of this  Offering,  such  securities  will
initially be exempt from the  definition of "penny  stock." If the Common Shares
offered  hereby are removed  from listing on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market at any
time,  the  Company's  Common  Shares  may become  subject to rules that  impose
additional  sales  practice   requirements  on  broker-dealers  that  sell  such
securities to persons other than established  customers and accredited investors
(generally  those with assets in excess of $1,000,000 or annual income exceeding
$200,000,  or $300,000 together with their spouse).  For transactions covered by
these rules, the broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for
the  purchase of such  securities  and have  received  the  purchaser's  written
consent  to  the  transaction  prior  to the  purchase.  Additionally,  for  any
transaction  involving  a penny  stock,  unless  exempt,  the rules  require the
delivery,  prior to the transaction,  of a risk disclosure  document mandated by
the Commission  relating to the penny stock market.  The broker-dealer must also
disclose the  commission  payable to both the  broker-dealer  and the registered
representative,  current quotations for the securities and, if the broker-dealer
is the sole market  maker,  the  broker-dealer  must  disclose this fact and the
broker-dealer's  presumed control over the market.  Finally,  monthly statements
must be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the
account and information on the limited market in penny stocks. Consequently, the
"penny  stock"  rules may  restrict  the ability of  broker-dealers  to sell the
Company's  Common  Shares  and may  affect the  ability  of  purchasers  in this
Offering to sell the Company's  Common Shares in the secondary market as well as
the price at which such purchasers can sell any such Common Shares.

     21. Immediate and Substantial  Dilution;  Equity Securities Sold Previously
at Below Offering Price. Upon completion of this Offering, without giving effect
to the exercise of the  Underwriter's  Warrant,  the pro forma net tangible book
value per share of the  Company's  Common  Shares as of June 30, 1997 would have
been $1.48. At the initial public  offering price of $5.00 per share,  investors
in this Offering will experience an immediate dilution of approximately $3.52 or
70% in net tangible book value
    

                                       15

<PAGE>



   
per share,  and existing  investors will experience an increase of approximately
$3.13 per share.  The present  stockholders  of the Company have acquired  their
respective  equity  interest at costs  substantially  below the public  offering
price.  Accordingly,  to the extent that the Company incurs  losses,  the public
investors  will bear a  disproportionate  risk of such  losses.  The exercise of
certain options and warrants  granted or anticipated to be granted to Stephen F.
Brandon, Thomas F. Reed, Jean R. Sperry, Allan R. Avery and J. Leslie Glick, the
executive  officers and directors of the Company,  and an affiliate of Mr. Avery
to purchase up to an aggregate of 547,500  Common  Shares will result in further
dilution to the public investors.  Messrs.  Brandon, Reed, Sperry and Avery, and
Dr.  Glick are subject to an  agreement  with the  Underwriter  restricting  the
transferability  of their Common  Shares for a period of two years from the date
of this  Prospectus  without the  consent of the  Underwriter.  See  "Dilution,"
"Management - Stock Options," "Certain  Relationships and Related  Transactions"
and "Underwriting."

     22. No  Dividends.  The Company has never paid any  dividends on its Common
Shares  and does  not  intend  to pay  dividends  on its  Common  Shares  in the
foreseeable   future.  Any  earnings  which  the  Company  may  realize  in  the
foreseeable  future are  anticipated to be retained to finance the growth of the
Company. See "Dividend Policy."

     23. Shares Eligible for Future Sale May Adversely Affect the Market. All of
the Company's outstanding Common Shares are "restricted  securities" and, in the
future,  may be sold in  compliance  with Rule 144 or pursuant  to  registration
under the Act (see discussion  below with respect to the Bridge  Lenders).  Rule
144  currently  provides,   in  essence,   that  a  person  holding  "restricted
securities" for a period of one year may sell an amount every three months up to
the  greater  of  (a)  one  percent  of the  Company's  issued  and  outstanding
securities of that class of securities or (b) the average weekly volume of sales
of such securities during the four calendar weeks preceding the sale if there is
adequate   current  public   information   available   concerning  the  Company.
Additionally, non-affiliates (who have not been affiliates of the Company for at
least three months) may sell their  "restricted  securities" in compliance  with
Rule 144 without volume  limitations  after they have held such securities for a
period of two years. An aggregate of 1,001,500  Common Shares have been owned by
the holders  thereof  (all  affiliates  of the Company) for more than two years.
However,  an aggregate of 965,000 of such Common Shares, as well as 72,727 other
Common  Shares,  are subject to an agreement  with the  Underwriter  restricting
their  transferability  for a period  of two  years  without  the  Underwriter's
consent.  Additionally, the holders of an aggregate of 61,500 Common Shares have
entered into an agreement with the Underwriter  restricting the  transferability
of such Common Shares for a period of six months.

     The Company is  registering  for resale the 20,000  Common Shares issued to
the bridge  lender (the  "Bridge  Lender")  in the  Company's  Bridge  Financing
Transaction.  Such shares may be resold at any time  following  the date of this
Prospectus,   subject  to  an  agreement  between  the  Bridge  Lender  and  the
Underwriter  restricting the  transferability of such Common Shares for a period
of two years without the Underwriter's consent.  Prospective investors should be
aware  that the  possibility  of resales by the  Selling  Stockholder  and other
stockholders of the Company may have a material  depressive effect on the market
price of the  Company's  Common  Shares in any market  which may  develop,  and,
therefore,  the  ability  of any  investor  to sell  his  Common  Shares  may be
dependent directly upon the number of
    

                                       16

<PAGE>



   
Common Shares that are offered and sold.  See "Bridge  Financing" and "Principal
and Selling Stockholders."
    

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

   
     The net  proceeds  to the  Company  from the sale of the  1,400,000  Common
Shares  offered  hereby,   are  estimated  to  be  $5,750,000  (after  deducting
underwriting discounts of $700,000 and other expenses of this Offering estimated
to be $550,000 including the Underwriter's  non-accountable expense allowance in
the amount of 3% of the gross proceeds of the Offering) (but not considering any
exercise of the Underwriter's  Warrant).  The Company,  based upon all currently
available  information,  intends to utilize such net proceeds  approximately  as
follows:
    

                                          Approximate             Approximate
                                          Amount of               Percentage
                                         Net Proceeds            of Net Proceeds

   
Marketing and advertising (1)             $1,940,000                   33.7%

Repayment of indebtedness (2)                708,000                   12.3%

Hiring of additional personnel (3)           550,000                    9.6%

Product acquisition (4)                      500,000                    8.7%

Research and development (5)                 300,000                    5.2%

Working capital (6)                        1,752,000                   30.5%
                                             ---------                 -----

 Total                                     $5,750,000                 100.0%
                                            =========                 ======
    

(1)  The Company  intends to utilize  funds to create  sales  force  literature,
     sales  brochures  and   advertisements,   hold  educational   symposia  for
     physicians,  undertake medical,  pharmacy and trade journal advertising and
     direct  mail  campaigns,  and  supply  product  samples to  physicians  and
     pharmacies.

   
(2)  To be used for the  repayment  of (i) a  promissory  note in the  aggregate
     principal  amount of  $100,000,  issued in  connection  with the  Company's
     Bridge  Financing  transaction;  (ii) a certain loan made to the Company by
     Mr. Brandon in January 1991, currently in the principal amount of $295,487,
     which is due in January 1999, and which may be prepaid without penalty; and
     (iii) a term loan in the  principal  amount of $300,000 made to the Company
     by a bank. Interest accrues on the Bridge Financing  promissory note at the
     rate of 10% per annum.  Interest  accrues on Mr. Brandon's loan at the rate
     of 10% per annum and is paid monthly.  Interest accrues on the bank loan at
     a rate equal to the prime rate of interest  plus 1% per annum.  See "Bridge
     Financing" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

(3)  Upon the closing of this Offering,  the Company  intends to hire additional
     employees, including a national field sales manager and ten to twelve field
     sales representatives.
    

                                       17

<PAGE>




   
(4)  Part of the  Company's  strategy  to  develop  its  business  includes  the
     acquisition  of unique  products that meet  important  patient needs in the
     underserved,  neglected  areas of medicine and  healthcare (a strategy that
     the Company pursued in the acquisition of Mag-Tab(R)SR and Unifiber(R)). It
     is  anticipated  that, if less than the full amount or none of the proceeds
     allocated for product acquisition is utilized for such purpose,  the unused
     amount will be reallocated to working capital. At present,  the Company has
     not identified any acquisition candidates,  but it is actively seeking such
     opportunities. See "Business General."

(5)  The Company  intends to fund clinical  studies of its products and research
     on new  formulations  of  Mag-Tab(R)SR,  including a liquid,  a unit dosage
     package,  and a combination  magnesium  supplement product containing other
     nutrients. See "Business - Products - Mag-Tab(R)SR."

(6)  To be used for general operating and overhead expenses,  the manufacture of
     product,  and the payment of a $250,000  installment  payment, due in March
     1998, in connection with the acquisition of the rights to Unifiber(R).  See
     "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
     Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Business - General."
    

     The amounts  set forth above are  estimates.  Should a  reapportionment  or
redirection  of funds be determined to be in the best  interests of the Company,
the actual amount  expended to finance any category of expenses may be increased
or decreased by the Company, at its discretion.

     The Company  believes  that the proceeds of this Offering will enable it to
increase  its  annual  revenues  through  the  expansion  of  its  business  and
development of product  lines.  As a result,  the Company  believes that the net
proceeds of this Offering,  together with  anticipated  increased  revenues from
operations,  will be sufficient to conduct the Company's operations for at least
18 months.

   
     It is anticipated  that, to the extent that the Company's  expenditures are
less than  projected,  the  resulting  balances  will be  retained  and used for
general  working  capital  purposes.   Conversely,   to  the  extent  that  such
expenditures  require  the  utilization  of  funds  in  excess  of  the  amounts
anticipated, additional financing may be sought from other sources, such as debt
financing from financial  institutions.  The  Underwriting  Agreement  generally
restricts  the Company from issuing  additional  equity or debt  securities,  in
either public or private  offerings,  or from  obtaining debt  financing,  for a
period of three years  following the date of this  Prospectus  without the prior
written  approval of the  Underwriter,  which  approval may not be  unreasonably
withheld.  Even  if the  Underwriter  consents  to the  Company  obtaining  debt
financing,  there  can  be no  assurance  that  such  additional  financing,  if
available,  will  be on  terms  commercially  reasonable  or  acceptable  to the
Company. See "Risk Factors - Dependence on Offering Proceeds;  Possible Need for
Additional Financing" and "Risk Factors - Risks Attendant to Expansion."
    

     Pending use of the proceeds,  the funds will be invested in certificates of
deposit,  high grade  commercial paper and government  securities,  or other low
risk investments.



                                       18

<PAGE>



                                    DILUTION

   
     All  references  herein to pro forma net tangible  book value and pro forma
net tangible book value per Common Share assume no exercise of the Underwriter's
Warrant. See "Bridge Financing" and "Underwriting."

     As of June 30,  1997,  the Company had an  aggregate  of  1,174,227  Common
Shares  outstanding  and a net tangible book value deficit of  ($1,938,615),  or
($1.65) per Common Share. Net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents
the total amount of the Company's tangible assets,  less the total amount of its
liabilities, divided by the total number of Common Shares outstanding.

     After giving  effect to the sale of 1,400,000  Common Shares by the Company
at the  Offering  price  of  $5.00  per  Common  Share,  with  net  proceeds  of
$5,750,000,  the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of June 30,
1997 would be $3,811,385,  or $1.48 per Common Share.  This amount represents an
immediate  dilution  (the  difference  between  the  price per  Common  Share to
purchasers in this Offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per Common
Share as of June 30, 1997,  after giving effect to the issuance of the 1,400,000
Common Shares) of  approximately  $3.52 per Common Share to new investors and an
immediate increase (the difference between the pro forma net tangible book value
per Common Share as of June 30, 1997, after giving effect to the issuance of the
1,400,000  Common Shares,  and the net tangible book value  (deficit) per Common
Share  as  of  June  30,  1997,   before  giving  effect  to  the  Offering)  of
approximately $3.13 per Common Share to the Company's current stockholders. Such
increase to the Company's  current  stockholders  is solely  attributable to the
cash  price paid by  purchasers  of the Common  Shares  offered  for sale by the
Company.
    

The following table illustrates the per share dilution as of June 30, 1997:

  Public offering price per share(1).........................          $5.00

   
  Net tangible book value (deficit) per share before giving
    effect to the Offering...................................  $ (1.65)

  Increase per share attributable to the sale of the
    Common Shares offered hereby.............................     3.13
                                                                  ----
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the
    Offering(2)...............................................           1.48
                                                                         ----
  Dilution per share to purchasers in the Offering (3) .......          $3.52
                                                                         ====
    

(1)  Before  deduction of  underwriting  discounts and commissions and estimated
     expenses of the Offering.

(2)  After  deduction of  underwriting  discounts and  commissions and estimated
     expenses of the Offering.

                                       19

<PAGE>



   
(3)  Does not give effect to the  exercise  of the  Underwriter's  Warrant.  See
     "Underwriting."
    

     The following  table sets forth the relative cost and ownership  percentage
of the Common Shares offered hereby as compared to the Common Shares outstanding
immediately prior to the Offering.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Common Shares                                            Average
                                            Acquired                Total Consideration             Price

                                    Number        Percent            Amount       Percent         Per Share
<S>                                 <C>             <C>           <C>              <C>             <C>   
   
Current Stockholders........        1,119,227       44.4%         $  301,012       4.1%            $  .27
Purchasers of Common
    Shares in the Offering...       1,400,000       55.6%         $7,000,000      95.9%             5.00
                                    ---------     -------          ---------     -------
         Total......................2,519,227      100.0%         $7,301,012     100.0%
                                    =========      ======          =========     =======
    

</TABLE>


                                 CAPITALIZATION

   
     The following table sets forth the unaudited  capitalization of the Company
as of June 30, 1997 and as adjusted to give effect to the  issuance  and sale of
the 1,400,000  Common  Shares  offered by the Company at $5.00 per Common Share,
and the application of net proceeds of approximately $5,650,000 therefrom.  This
table  should  be read in  conjunction  with  the  financial  statements  of the
Company, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    

                                                           June 30, 1997
                                                     Actual       As Adjusted(1)

   
Short-Term Debt.................................  $   820,291     $   407,291
                                                   ==========         =======

Long-Term Debt..................................   $1,210,606     $   915,606
                                                    ---------         -------
Stockholders' Equity (Deficit):

  Common Shares, $.00105 par value, 
   15,000,000 shares authorized, 1,174,227
   shares issued and outstanding (actual) 
   and 2,574,227 shares issued and 
   outstanding (as adjusted) ...................        1,234           2,704

  Additional Paid-in Capital....................      738,378       6,486,908

  Accumulated Deficit (2).......................   (1,517,605)     (1,517,605)
                                                     ---------      ---------
Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)............     (777,993)      4,972,007
                                                     --------       ---------
Total Capitalization............................  $   432,613      $5,887,613
                                                      =========     =========

(1)  Reflects the issuance of the 1,400,000 Common Shares of the Company offered
     hereby,  and the anticipated  application of the net proceeds of $5,750,000
     therefrom,  after  deducting  underwriting  discounts and  commissions  and
     estimated expenses of the Offering.
    

                                       20

<PAGE>



   
(2)  Accumulated  Deficit  includes  a  deferred  financing  charge of  $203,420
     resulting   from  the   Company's   Bridge   Financing   transaction.   See
     "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
     Operations - Overview."
    

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     Holders of the Company's  Common Shares are entitled to dividends  when, as
and if  declared  by the  Board  of  Directors  out of funds  legally  available
therefor.  The Company has not  declared or paid any  dividends  in the past and
does  not  currently  anticipate  declaring  or  paying  any  dividends  in  the
foreseeable  future. The Company intends to retain earnings,  if any, to finance
the  development  and expansion of its business.  Future dividend policy will be
subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors and will be contingent  upon
future   earnings,   if  any,  the  Company's   financial   condition,   capital
requirements,  general business conditions, and other factors.  Therefore, there
can be no assurance that any dividends will ever be paid.

                                BRIDGE FINANCING

   
     In December 1996, the Company borrowed $100,000 from an unaffiliated lender
(the "Bridge Lender").  In consideration for making the loan to the Company, the
Bridge  Lender  received  (i) a $100,000  promissory  note (the  "Bridge  Note")
payable on December 9, 1997 and (ii) 100,000  Common  Shares.  On September  10,
1997, in consideration for an acceleration of the due date of the Bridge Note to
December 1, 1997, the Bridge Lender returned 80,000 of such Common Shares to the
Company for retirement and cancellation.

     The Bridge Note bears  interest at the rate of 10% per annum and is due and
payable upon the earlier of (i) December 1, 1997 or (ii) the closing date of the
initial  underwritten public offering of the Company's  securities  described in
this  Prospectus.  The Company  intends to use a portion of the proceeds of this
Offering to repay the Bridge Lender. See "Use of Proceeds."

     The  Company  entered  into the  Bridge  Financing  transaction  because it
required  additional  financing  to fund  costs and  expenses  relating  to this
Offering,  and no other  sources of financing  were  available to the Company at
that time. As part of the Bridge  Financing  transaction,  the Company agreed to
register the Common Shares issued to the Bridge Lender by the Company for resale
under the Act. Therefore,  the Registration  Statement, of which this Prospectus
forms a part,  includes the 20,000 Common Shares held by the Bridge Lender.  See
"Principal and Selling Stockholders" and "Underwriting."
    



                                       21

<PAGE>



                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

   
     The Company was formed in 1991 as a Texas corporation and reincorporated in
Delaware in October 1996. Since inception,  the Company has focused its business
strategy   on   marketing,    distributing,   and   acquiring   non-prescription
pharmaceutical and nutraceutical products. During 1991, the Company acquired its
first product,  Mag-Tab(R)SR, a patented sustained-release magnesium supplement.
Mag- Tab(R)SR was the Company's  only product until November 1995, at which time
the Company  acquired  and began  selling  its second  product,  Unifiber(R),  a
dietary fiber supplement. See "Business."

     The  Company's  revenues  are  generated  from  sales  of its  products  to
wholesale  drug and dietary  supplement  distributors,  which,  in turn,  supply
retail   pharmacies,   direct  retail  pharmacy   accounts,   and  international
distributors  who  purchase  the  Company's  products  for  resale to patient or
consumer end users.  Since 1991,  annual revenues of the Company have grown from
approximately  $130,000 to more than  $1,127,000 for the year ended December 31,
1996.  For 1996,  approximately  $573,000 of revenues was attributed to sales of
MagTab(R)SR, while the remainder was attributed to sales of Unifiber(R). For the
six  months  ended  June  30,  1997,  the  Company  had  revenues  of  $469,514,
approximately  $210,000 of which was attributed to MagTab(R)SR and approximately
$259,000 of which was attributed to Unifiber(R).

     The Company  believes that it may be able to achieve  greater sales results
with sufficient  working capital to pursue its marketing  strategies and acquire
other  products.  Historically,  working  capital  has been  made  available  by
stockholder  and  director  loans,  and bank loans,  including,  (i) a loan from
Stephen F. Brandon, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board
of the  Company,  originally  in the  principal  amount  of  $500,000,  of which
$295,487 remains outstanding, (ii) loans from certain stockholders and directors
in the aggregate principal amount of $112,500,  (iii) a $250,000 credit facility
from one of the Company's banks, of which approximately $103,679 and $85,486 was
due and  outstanding  at  December  31,  1996 and June 30,  1997,  respectively,
guaranteed by the U.S. Small Business Administration,  the repayment of which is
secured by a pledge of all of the Common  Shares held by Mr.  Brandon and (iv) a
$300,000  unsecured  loan by another  bank.  See "Use of Proceeds"  and "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions."

     In December 1996, the Company  borrowed  $100,000 from the Bridge Lender in
the Bridge Financing  transaction.  In consideration  for making the loan to the
Company,  the Bridge  Lender  received  (i) a $100,000  Bridge  Note  payable on
December 9, 1997 and (ii) 100,000  Common  Shares.  On September  10, 1997,  the
payment  date  of the  Bridge  Note  was  accelerated  to  December  1,  1997 in
consideration  for which the Bridge Lender  returned 80,000 Common Shares to the
Company  for  retirement  and  cancellation.  The Company has granted the Bridge
Lender certain "piggyback" registration rights with respect to its 20,000 Common
Shares.  The Bridge Note bears interest at the rate of 10% per annum. The Bridge
Note is due and payable upon the earlier of (i) December 1, 1997 or (ii)
    

                                       22

<PAGE>



the closing of any initial public offering of the Company's securities. See "Use
of Proceeds" and "Bridge Financing."

   
     The fair value of the Bridge Lender's 100,000 Common Shares, at the date of
issuance, of approximately $400,000, is a non-cash charge which will be recorded
as a deferred  financing cost and amortized over the earlier of (i) the one year
term of the Bridge  Note or (ii) the period  commencing  upon the closing of the
Bridge  Financing and ending upon the closing of this Offering,  if the Offering
closes prior to the payment of the Note.

     In January 1997, the Company  entered into a credit facility loan agreement
(the "Credit  Agreement") with an affiliate of Allan R. Avery, a director of the
Company,  to  borrow  up to  $150,000.  As of the date of this  Prospectus,  the
Company has borrowed the full amount  (which  amount is currently  outstanding).
The  outstanding  amounts  under the Credit  Agreement are due and payable on or
before January 20, 1998.  Interest accrues on the unpaid amounts borrowed at the
rate of 10% per annum. In consideration  for entering into the Credit Agreement,
the  Company  issued to the  affiliate  of Mr.  Avery  warrants  to  purchase an
aggregate of 30,000 Common Shares,  at an exercise price of $6.00 per share, for
a  period  of  five  years  commencing  on the  first  anniversary  date of this
Prospectus. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."
    

Results of Operations

   
     Six Months Ended June 30, 1997 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 1996.

     Revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1997 were  $469,514  compared to
$533,276 for the six months ended June 30, 1996, a 12% decrease. The decrease in
sales was  attributable to a shift in the timing of purchases for MagTabSR(R) by
the Company's international licensee in South America from the second quarter of
1996 until the third quarter of 1997. In addition,  due to a decreased marketing
budget for the year ended  December 31, 1997,  the Company did not offer a major
promotional  marketing program to its drug wholesalers in June 1997 as it did in
June 1996.

     Gross profit for the six months  ended June 30, 1997 was $313,985  compared
to $337,293 for the six months ended June 30, 1996, a 7% decrease.  Gross profit
as a percentage of revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1997  increased to
approximately 67% as compared to approximately 63% for the six months ended June
30, 1996. The increase in profit margin was due  principally to the reduced cost
of goods of Unifiber(R).  The Company  believes,  but cannot assure,  that gross
margins and the cost of sales for Unifiber will be further  improved as a result
of a new third party contract manufacturing agreement,  which is effective as of
September 1, 1997 whereby packaging and freight costs can be reduced.

     Accounts  receivable as of June 30, 1997 were $111,012 compared to $115,413
as of June 30, 1996.  The small  decrease in receivable is a result of decreased
revenues for the first six months of 1997 as compared to the first six months of
1996. Management  anticipates that, in the future,  accounts receivable may vary
significantly  from  month  to  month  or  quarter  to  quarter  due to  certain
promotional
    

                                       23

<PAGE>



   
activities such as offering its customers special  promotional  discounts and or
the introduction of a new product.

     Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses  were  $398,841 for the six
months  ended June 30, 1997  compared to $358,487  for the six months ended June
30, 1997, an 11% increase. The increase in selling,  general, and administrative
expenses was attributed to increased salaries,  and operating and administrative
expenses.

     Interest  expense  for the six  months  ended  June 30,  1997 was  $101,020
compared to  $102,976  for the six months  ended June 30,  1996.  A  substantial
portion  of  these  interest  expenses  was  imputed  interest  related  to  the
Unifiber(R) acquisition.

     Amortization of deferred  financing costs for the six months ended June 30,
1997 was  $203,420.  There were no deferred  financing  costs for the six months
ended June 30, 1996. Such financing  costs were related to the Bridge  Financing
transaction, which closed on December 9, 1996.

     Overall, the Company had a net operating loss of $84,856 for the six months
ended June 30,  1997  compared  to a net  operating  loss of $21,194 for the six
months ended June 30, 1996, a 300% increase.  The increase in operating loss was
due to a  combination  of decreased  sales and  increased  selling,  general and
administrative  expenses. The Company experienced a net loss of $400,005 for the
six months  ended June 30, 1997  compared to a net loss of $122,256  for the six
months ended June 30, 1996. The primary  reason for this  difference was a write
off of deferred  offering costs related to a prior  terminated  offering and the
amortization of deferred financing costs for the Bridge Financing.
    

Year Ended December 31, 1996 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1995

   
     Revenues for the year ended December 31, 1996 were  $1,127,316  compared to
$606,268 for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase in revenues resulted
from (i) an  increased  demand  for  MagTabSR(R)  in  certain  of the  Company's
geographic  markets  and (ii)  revenues  generated  by the  sale of  Unifiber(R)
product, the rights to which the Company acquired in November 1995.

     Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 1996 was $728,501  compared to
$423,122 for the year ended December 31, 1995, a 72% increase.  The increase was
primarily  due to the  additional  revenues  from  the  sale of the  Unifiber(R)
product.  Gross profit as a percentage  of revenues for the year ended  December
31, 1995 decreased from 78% to approximately  65% in the year ended December 31,
1996.  This net decrease was due to the  inclusion of revenues in the year ended
December 31, 1995 from the settlement of a lawsuit, and smaller gross margins on
Unifiber(R)  compared  to  MagTabSR(R).  Additionally,  cost of sales  increased
marginally  due to  increased  freight  costs  associated  with the shipping and
receiving of Unifiber(R).

     Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses for the year ended December
31, 1996 was  $1,002,459  compared to  $334,941 in the year ended  December  31,
1995, a 199% increase.  This increase reflects  increased salaries and marketing
costs incurred by the Company. The increased expenses
    

                                       24

<PAGE>



   
included the salaries of a new Key Account Sales Manager and a new Contracts and
Bids Administrator,  as well as the costs related to new management  information
software programs needed to support  Unifiber(R) and MagTabSR(R)  contract sales
and   chargebacks.   The  capability  to  handle   contract  sales  and  rebates
electronically  positions the Company to compete  favorably with other companies
that serve the large number of existing  GPOs and the expanding  managed  health
care market.  The significant  increase in selling,  general and  administrative
expense was also  attributable  to the  $130,053 in expenses  associated  with a
prior terminated offering.

     Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1996 was $203,935 compared
to $91,800 for the year ended December 31, 1995, a 122%  increase.  The increase
was due principally to imputed interest related to the Unifiber(R) acquisition.
    

     The  Company's  net loss for the year ended  December 31, 1996 was $499,639
compared  to a net loss for the year ended  December  31,  1995 of  $1,003.  The
increase in loss came primarily from imputed interest related to the Unifiber(R)
acquisition, expenses related to a prior terminated offering, and an increase in
selling, general and administrative expenses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

   
     At June 30, 1997, the Company had a working  capital deficit of $745,816 as
compared to a working  capital  deficit of $623,244 at December  31,  1996.  The
increase in the working capital deficit resulted  primarily from the decrease in
the Company's inventory level from December 31, 1996 to June 30, 1997.

     During the six months  ended June 30,  1997,  $140,996 of net cash was used
for  operating  activities.  This was  primarily due to the decrease in accounts
payable and accrued  expenses  from  December  31, 1996 to June 30,  1997.  Such
decrease  was  due  to  the  payment  of  amounts   owed  various   vendors  and
professionals  during the six months ended June 30,  1997.  Such result was also
due to the net loss of $400,005,  reduced by  depreciation  and  amortization of
$258,031,  amortization of imputed interest discount of $53,368, amortization of
deferred debt discount of $10,730 and a reduction of inventory of $113,183.  For
the six  months  ended  June 30,  1996,  net cash of  $20,672  was  provided  by
operations.  Such result was primarily due to a decrease in inventory of $29,400
and an  increase  in  accounts  payable of  $46,965,  offset by an  increase  in
accounts  receivable  of $47,262.  The net loss of $122,256  for such period was
reduced by depreciation  and amortization of $56,058 and amortization of imputed
interest discount of $57,250.

     No investing activities occurred in the six months ended June 30, 1997, and
no significant  investing  activities  occurred in the six months ended June 30,
1996.

     Net cash of $131,807  was  provided  by  financing  activities  for the six
months ended June 30, 1997.  Such  financing  activities  were the result of the
proceeds  of  $150,000  from a related  party under a line of credit in the same
amount and the repayment of long term debt of $18,193.  For the six months ended
June 30, 1996,  net cash used for  financing  activities  was $61,931 due to the
repayment of notes
    

                                       25

<PAGE>



payable to  stockholders  of $39,258  and the  repayment  of  long-term  debt of
$22,673.  For the six months  ended June 30,  1997,  the Company  issued  72,727
Common Shares in payment of a $200,000  installment  due to Bertek in connection
with the Unifiber(R) acquisition.

   
     For the six months ended June 30, 1997,  net cash  decreased by $9,189,  as
compared to a net  decrease in cash of $42,427 for the six months ended June 30,
1996.

     At  present,  the  Company's  sales and  marketing  efforts  are focused on
expanding the promotion of its existing  products to physicians and other health
care  professionals.  The Company  believes that the Company's  existing  United
States markets for its products have the potential for substantial expansion.

     Additionally, the Company intends to utilize a portion of the proceeds from
the Offering to expand the Company's  product lines,  which the Company believes
will  result  in  increased  product  sales  and the  ability  to  compete  more
aggressively   in  the  niche  market   segments  of  the   pharmaceutical   and
neutraceutical  industries.  The Company,  however,  cannot  assure that it will
identify any products which meet the Company's  acquisition criteria in the near
future, or at all. Additionally, even if such a product is identified, there can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to acquire such product.  See "Use
of Proceeds."

     The  Company  believes  that it has a diverse  and  growing  market for its
products.  While the Company is dependent on third party contract  manufacturers
to  supply  its  products,  it  believes  it has  developed  relationships  with
alternative  manufacturers that could supply finished product should the Company
have this need. At the present, the Company's sales are geographically dispersed
across the United  States.  See "Risk  Factors-No  Manufacturing  Capability  or
Experience; Dependence on Others."

     The Company believes that the net proceeds from the Offering, together with
anticipated  revenues from  operations,  should be sufficient to fund operations
for at least 18 months.  Management intends to utilize approximately  $1,940,000
and  approximately  $500,000 of the net  proceeds of the  Offering to expand its
business  through the marketing  and  advertising  of its products,  and for the
acquisition of new products, respectively. In addition, part of the net proceeds
will  be  used  to  repay   approximately   $300,000  of  related   party  debt,
approximately  $108,000 of Bridge Financing debt and  approximately  $300,000 of
bank debt. On a long-term  basis,  the Company believes that the growth of sales
of its product lines will ultimately  result in revenues  sufficient to fund the
Company's  operations.  To the extent that cash flow is not  sufficient  to fund
operations, it will be necessary for the Company to seek external debt or equity
financing or scale back operations. Management cannot ensure that financing will
be  obtainable  on  terms  favorable  to  the  Company,  or at  all.  See  "Risk
Factors-Dependence on Offering Proceeds; Possible Need for Additional Financing"
and "Use of Proceeds."

     The Company's  independent  certified  accountants  issued a modified going
concern opinion with regard to the December 31, 1996 financial  statements based
upon an  accumulated  deficit of  $1,117,600  and a working  capital  deficit of
$623,244 at December 31, 1996. Such financial statements have been prepared on a
going  concern  basis  which  contemplates  the  realization  of assets  and the
settlement  of  liabilities  and  commitments  in the normal  course of business
(including, without limitation, the
    

                                       26

<PAGE>



   
Company's  lease  for  its  premises  which  requires  minimum  rental  payments
aggregating  $50,400 in 1997 and 1998, and payments under employment  agreements
which the Company  intends to enter into,  which will require  minimum  payments
aggregating $221,000 over a three year period, commencing on the closing date of
the Offering).  The  continuation of the Company as a going concern is dependent
upon its ability to  generate  sufficient  cash from  operations  and  financing
activities. The Company's working capital deficit raises substantial doubt about
the entity's ability to continue as a going concern.  The Company's viable plans
to address the foregoing include the following:

          1.   An increase in revenues by substantially increasing its marketing
               activities,   both  in  and  outside  the  United   States.   See
               "Business--Sales and Marketing."

          2.   The closing of this  Offering  with  anticipated  net proceeds of
               approximately  $5,750,000,  a  portion  of which  will be used to
               satisfy certain outstanding  obligations of the Company. See "Use
               of Proceeds."
    

     The Company believes that these plans can be effectively implemented in the
next twelve months. There can be no assurances,  however,  that the Company will
be successful in these endeavors.  The Company's  ability to continue as a going
concern is  dependent  on the  implementation  and success of these  plans.  The
financial  statements do not include any adjustments in the event the Company is
unable to continue as a going concern.

Impact of Inflation

     Inflation has not been a major factor in the Company's  business.  However,
there can be no assurance that this will continue.

                                    BUSINESS

General

     The Company manufactures  through third party contractors,  and markets and
distributes,   non-  prescription   pharmaceutical  and  nutraceutical   dietary
supplement  products.  The  Company  seeks to exploit  product  niches that have
generally been overlooked or neglected by the major drug and dietary  supplement
companies  because of the relatively small perceived size of the market for such
products.  The  Company's  current  products  are a patented,  state-of-the-art,
sustained release magnesium supplement marketed under the name Mag-Tab(R)SR, and
a dietary fiber supplement marketed as Unifiber(R).

   
     In  1991,  the  Company  acquired  all  rights  to  Mag-Tab(R)SR,  which is
manufactured  for the Company by Schering  Corporation  ("Schering").  See "Risk
Factors - No Manufacturing  Capability or Experience;  Dependence on Others" and
"Business - Manufacturing."

     In November  1995,  the Company  acquired  all rights to  Unifiber(R)  from
Bertek   Pharmaceuticals  Inc.  (formerly  Dow  Hickam   Pharmaceuticals   Inc.)
("Bertek"), a subsidiary of Mylan Pharmaceuticals Inc.
    

                                       27

<PAGE>



   
Pursuant to the acquisition agreement (the "Bertek Agreement"), Bertek continued
to manufacture  Unifiber(R)  for the Company  through  December 31, 1996 and the
Company has a six month supply of Unifiber(R), based on current sales levels. In
September  1997,  the Company  entered  into an  exclusive  agreement  (the "IFP
Agreement") with IFP, Inc. ("IFP") for the manufacture of Unifiber(R). See "Risk
Factors - No Manufacturing  Capability or Experience;  Dependence on Others" and
"Business Manufacturing."

     The Company markets  Mag-Tab(R)SR  and Unifiber(R)  nationally to virtually
all of the drug wholesalers in the United States,  which, in turn, supply retail
pharmacies,  state  and  federal  institutions,   and  group  and  managed  care
purchasing  organizations ("GPOs") acting on behalf of hospitals,  extended care
facilities and nursing homes. See "Business - Sales and Marketing."

     In addition to manufacturing and selling Mag-Tab(R)SR and Unifiber(R),  the
Company  intends  to  explore  opportunities  to  add,  through  acquisition  or
licensing,  other unique products that meet important needs in the  underserved,
neglected  areas of medicine and  healthcare,  or that do not fit the  strategic
plans of the major  drug and  dietary  supplement  companies.  At  present,  the
Company has not identified any acquisition candidates but it is actively seeking
such  opportunities.  See "Risk Factors - Risks Attendant to Expansion" and "Use
of Proceeds."
    

     A  glossary  of  certain  terms used in this  section  is  included  in the
Prospectus beginning on page 55.

Industry

Magnesium

     Numerous  scientific  articles,  published  in medical  journals by leading
academic physicians, have clearly shown that magnesium is an important metabolic
electrolyte,  and that magnesium  depletion  accompanies many medical disorders.
Mag-Tab(R)SR and other magnesium  formulations are administered in pharmacologic
or  physiologic  doses because  magnesium  replacement is critical to preventing
complications from magnesium deficiency  associated with certain serious medical
conditions.

     Magnesium,  the second most abundant  intracellular  cation, is also one of
the most  crucial,  being  an  essential  cofactor  in more  than 300  enzymatic
reactions in the human body.  Neuromuscular  transmission and protein metabolism
also depend on proper magnesium balance.  Data show, for example, that up to 10%
percent of all hospitalized  persons and 50% of those in critical care units are
magnesium  deficient.  The  scope  of the  problem  is  underscored  by a study,
reported in the Journal of the American Medical  Association (Vol. 263, p. 3063,
1990). The  investigators  measured  magnesium levels from more than 1,000 blood
serum  specimens that had been provided for electrolyte  determinations.  Almost
half of these specimens demonstrated  hypomagnesemia (low-serum magnesium),  and
yet  magnesium  measurements  were  specifically  requested  on only  10% of the
specimens.  In the Company's opinion, those findings probably underestimated the
true  incidence  of  magnesium  deficiency  as  serum  magnesium  levels  do not
correlate well with magnesium tissue stores. The body stores about 24 grams

                                       28

<PAGE>



of magnesium,  but less than 1% of that is in the serum.  Consequently,  while a
low serum magnesium level always indicates a severe  deficiency,  a normal level
does not rule out  inadequate  body stores.  Conversely,  high  magnesium  serum
levels are rare and occur only in the presence of severe  kidney  disease.  Many
factors contribute to hypomagnesemia or low magnesium body stores. Anything that
impairs magnesium  absorption through the small bowel or promotes excessive loss
through the kidney, including diarrhea,  malabsorption syndrome, diabetes, renal
disorders, drugs (such as amino glycosides), chemotherapy agents, diuretics used
for hypertension, and alcohol, can lead to magnesium deficiency.

     In 1992,  the National  Council on  Magnesium  and  Cardiovascular  Disease
stated that an increased oral intake of magnesium should be seriously considered
to counter  magnesium  depletion  associated  with the  following  diseases  and
conditions:

         Cardiovascular
         o        Congestive heart failure,  ventricular arrhythmias,  essential
                  hypertension,  and diuretic therapy with or without associated
                  hypokalemia (low potassium).

         Co-Morbid Conditions
         o        Diabetes;
         o        Alcohol intake;
         o        Weight loss, especially liquid preparations;
         o        Diarrhea, transient or associated with chronic inflammatory 
                  bowel disease.

     Other published data have indicated that oral magnesium supplementation may
be  effective  to counter  magnesium  depletion  associated  with PMS  symptoms,
migraine  headaches,  chronic fatigue  syndrome,  dementias (such as Alzheimer's
disease) and osteoporosis.

     The Company's market research shows that  approximately  46,000  physicians
are responsible for 90% or more of ethical uses for oral magnesium  products and
that  those  physicians  are  primarily  family  practitioners,   cardiologists,
internists, neurologists,  obstetricians/gynecologists and endocrinologists. The
Company  believes  that most primary care  physicians,  such as family  practice
physicians,  are unaware of the causes,  frequency,  and serious consequences of
magnesium deficiency. However, recent clinical studies have shown that magnesium
given  intravenously,  after myocardial  infarction,  improves  mortality rates.
Moreover,  recent published data have given the average physician a much greater
awareness of magnesium deficiency.

     The current United States oral magnesium  market is under $10 million,  but
independent  market  research  indicates  that the total  potential  for current
future  applications  of  magnesium  is  estimated  to exceed $1  billion.  This
estimated potential is based on physician surveys of intent to recommend an oral
magnesium supplement for certain conditions, as well as target population counts
of certain conditions where published scientific data links magnesium deficiency
as a complicating factor.

         A recent Gallup poll revealed that 74% of the United States  population
is  magnesium  deficient.   Published  articles  indicate  that  the  conditions
discussed above are often accompanied by magnesium

                                       29

<PAGE>



deficiency. Based on the target population counts of these conditions, there are
at least 20 million  people in the United  States  who could  benefit  from oral
magnesium  supplementation  from a product such as Mag-Tab(R)SR.  In addition to
such target  population  potential,  healthcare  publications  also  discuss the
potential value of oral magnesium  supplementation in other situations,  thereby
indicating that the total United States market potential for magnesium  products
may actually exceed 50 million people. In support of the prospects for a rapidly
growing  magnesium  market in the United States, a comparison may be made to the
European market,  which  represents 3% less than the United States.  in terms of
the world healthcare dollar market (i.e. 28% vs 31%).  However,  consistent with
its early adoption of low cost  nutritional  usage,  oral magnesium  products in
Europe are approaching $500 million in sales. In France alone, with a population
of only 20% of that in the United States,  oral magnesium product sales exceeded
$110 million in 1994.

     Notwithstanding all the publicity that magnesium is receiving,  the Company
believes it may still take several years and significant  financial resources to
fully educate the majority of physicians on why and when to routinely  recommend
a  magnesium  supplement.  Part  of  the  Company's  marketing  strategy  is  to
facilitate  physician  education  and  awareness  of the  potential of magnesium
products in order to achieve Mag-Tab(R)SR's full market potential.

Fiber

     Dietary fiber refers to certain plant foods not digested in the human small
intestine.    This   includes   relatively   indigestible    carbohydrates   and
carbohydrate-like components of food, such as cellulose, lignin, hemicelluloses,
pentosans, gums and pectins.

     All  fibers  can be  grouped  into two  broad  categories:  water-insoluble
fibers,  which include cellulose,  lignin and many  hemicelluloses;  and soluble
fibers,  which  include  pectin,   gums,  certain   hemicelluloses  and  storage
polysaccharides. Unifiber(R) is composed of 75% powdered cellulose combined with
corn syrup solids and xanthan gum.

     Physiological  effects of dietary fibers differ in the small  intestine and
colon. For example, fibers such as guar delay absorption and slow transit in the
small  intestine,  but are  rapidly  degraded  by  colonic  bacteria  and have a
relatively minor influence on colonic function. In contrast,  cellulose and bran
(which is high in insoluble fiber) have little physiological effect on the small
intestine and undergo little  degradation  by colonic  bacteria;  however,  both
accelerate colonic transit and increase stool bulk and weight.

     In recent  years,  much has been written  about the  importance  of dietary
fiber in a healthy diet and its  recognized  role in healthy bowel  habits,  its
possible  benefits  in  a  variety  of  conditions,   including  diverticulosis,
irritable  bowel syndrome and glycemic  responses in diabetics,  elevated lipids
often  associated  with  cardiovascular  disease,  and its  possible  protective
effects against colon cancer.  Much of the impetus for study of dietary fiber in
these  conditions   (particularly   colon  cancer)  has  resulted  from  earlier
publications  of  epidemiological  studies in diverse  cultures and  populations
consuming high-fiber diets. However,  fiber is not the only variable to be taken
into account in establishing correlations. For

                                       30

<PAGE>



example,  the high fiber  content in these  cultures  and  populations  are also
typically  low in fat.  Additionally,  significant  differences  in  environment
cannot be overlooked.

     Recent animal and clinical pharmacology studies have attempted to determine
the role of high- fiber foods and certain fiber entities  (including  cellulose)
in the prophylaxis  and/or treatment of specific  diseases under more controlled
conditions.  The data are not always consistent,  however,  and whether or not a
dietary  supplement  such as  Unifiber(R),  or any other dietary fiber,  has any
meaningful  effects to promote healthy bowel  functions in these  situations has
yet to be ascertained.

     Although, as indicated above, there are certain as yet unresolved questions
regarding dietary fiber in disease therapy,  there now appears to be no question
that fiber is  considered an important  part of the diet. In 1986,  the National
Institutes  of Health  recommended  that  Americans  increase  their daily fiber
intake  from  about 11 grams per day to  between  20 and 30 grams  per day.  The
preferred  approach  of  healthcare  professionals  to  accomplish  this  is  by
increasing the intake of fiber-rich  foods as part of a balanced diet.  However,
it is also  recognized that certain  individuals  cannot,  or will not,  consume
adequate amounts of fiber due to such reasons as poor dentition or palatability.
This situation is common among elderly and  institutionalized  individuals,  for
example,  which is significant in that these  populations tend to be predisposed
to constipation.  Fiber supplementation is appropriate in these individuals, and
the Company  believes that the use of Unifiber(R) as a dietary fiber  supplement
is well suited for such  individuals due to its flexibility in mixing with foods
and its taste  properties.  Fiber  supplementation  programs with Unifiber(R) in
nursing  homes  support  this  position  and have been  particularly  helpful in
promoting healthy bowel function without laxatives.

     The  $250  million  market  for  bulk  fiber  products  has  grown,  and is
anticipated to continue to grow, for the  foreseeable  future at the approximate
rate of  15-20%  per year.  See  "Business  Competition".  These  dietary  fiber
products are normally used to treat or prevent  constipation by promoting normal
bowel function.  The target  populations that the Company believes would benefit
from daily fiber supplementation include:

         o          Individuals undergoing kidney dialysis;
         o          Institutionalized  individuals who are in state hospitals or
                    extended care facilities; 
         o          Individuals receiving enteral 
                    naso-gastric feedings;
         o          Pregnant women needing a pure fiber supplement without 
                    aspartame as a sweetener;  
         o          Individuals with bowel function problems  associated with
                    Diabetes.

Products

Mag-Tab(R)SR

     Mag-Tab(R)SR  is  currently  the  only  patented,  true  sustained  release
magnesium  supplement  product on the market. The patent for Mag-Tab(R)SR is for
the formula  composition and the  manufacturing  process that enables  magnesium
L-lactate dihydrate to be compressed into a sustained release tablet formulation
containing 3-10 mEq of elemental magnesium lactate. The benefit of this

                                       31

<PAGE>



patented formulation is that its delivery mechanism releases a highly absorbable
magnesium  lactate to the distal  intestine,  ensuring  10-12 hours of prolonged
absorption  at any given pH level,  without  exceeding  the renal  threshold and
without  the  gastrointestinal  side  effects  that are  often  seen  with  many
competitive brands.  Mag-Tab(R)SR  administration  maintains higher serum levels
over a 12 hour  period  than its major  competitor,  SlowMag(R).  Mag-Tab(R)SR's
patent expires in March 2008. See "Business Competition" and "Business - Patents
and Proprietary Rights."

     Mag-Tab(R)SR is currently marketed in caplet form packaged in 60 caplet and
100 caplet  sizes.  The  Company  also  plans to market  other  dosage  forms of
Mag-Tab(R)SR  in the future,  such as a liquid,  a unit dosage and a combination
magnesium supplement product containing other nutrients.

Unifiber(R)

     Unifiber(R)  (comprised  of 75% powdered  cellulose) is a unique bulk bowel
management product which offers measurable differential advantages to its users.
Unifiber(R)  is  a  non-patented   proprietary  dietary  fiber  supplement  with
significant  advantages over competitive  brands.  As compared to all other bulk
fiber   supplements,   Unifiber(R)   requires  no  forced   fluid   intake,   is
electrolyte-free,  contains  no  aspartame,  and  is  an  ultrafine,  tasteless,
non-gelling  powder that mixes with virtually any soft food or liquid substance.
See "Business - Competition."

   
     The  Company  plans to  conduct  a number  of open  label  trials  with key
physician  groups,  certified  renal  dieticians,  and other decision  makers of
long-term  care  facilities to promote  Unifiber(R)  acceptance  with the target
groups  discussed  under "Business - Industry - Fiber." No such trials have been
undertaken to date and the Company cannot predict the results of such trials.
    

Sales and Marketing

   
     The  Company  uses a very  selective  and  targeted  approach to market its
products.  Its overall  strategy  involves  several  steps,  including  securing
meaningful  retail  distribution  and creating a loyal core base of  physicians,
pharmacists, dietary specialists and other healthcare professionals to recommend
the use of the Company's  products.  In implementing  its strategy,  the Company
uses  multiple  promotional   techniques  to,  among  others,   21,000  targeted
physicians,  including  targeted  direct mail,  field  activity using its own or
contracted  sales  forces,  attendance  at  medical  conventions  and  meetings,
developing product advocate programs, medical and trade journal advertising, and
telemarketing in the most lucrative metropolitan and rural markets.
    

     To create physician and healthcare professional awareness of Mag-Tab(R)SR's
benefits,  the  Company's  marketing  materials  have  focused  primarily on (i)
education regarding magnesium deficiency,  and (ii) emphasis on the features and
benefits of Mag-Tab(R)SR's  unique sustained release  formulation as compared to
competitive products.

   
     The majority of bulk fiber  product  sales are  accounted  for by physician
recommendation  and consumer  purchases  from retail  pharmacies.  The Company's
marketing strategy with Unifiber(R) is to
    

                                       32

<PAGE>



   
focus  on  certain   target   populations   and  market   segments  where  fiber
supplementation is important and where the product's functions show it to be the
product of choice.  This  opportunity is with certain  subsets of persons listed
above in  "Business  -  Industry - Fiber,"  whose  daily  fiber  supplementation
requires special consideration.
    

     The  Company  employs a  wholesale  oriented  policy  for the supply of its
products.  This practice  results in greater  profitability  for the Company and
creates  cooperation and goodwill with the wholesale drug and dietary supplement
distributors.  The Company  also offers  incentive  programs to its  wholesalers
wherein the Company  provides  discounts in return for product  promotion by the
wholesalers.

     Currently,  virtually all of the drug and dietary supplement wholesalers in
the United States stock two sizes of Mag-Tab(R)SR  (60 and 100 caplet  packages)
and three sizes of Unifiber(R) (5 ounce, 9 ounce and 16 ounce powdered cellulose
packages) for the benefit of their retail and hospital pharmacy customers. It is
estimated   that  the  current   national   retail   distribution   has  reached
approximately  20% of all the retail outlets for  Mag-Tab(R)SR and slightly less
for Unifiber(R).  The Company is targeting the proper corporate  decision makers
at major wholesale and chain pharmacy  headquarters and is developing particular
marketing  programs  for  these  customers  with a  view  to  improving  overall
distribution in the near future.  These marketing programs include,  among other
things,  seminars  tied into  medical  and  healthcare  conventions  to link the
Company's products with the subject matter of such conventions,  the undertaking
of a 12 month clinical  study with a view to presenting  the results  thereof in
healthcare and consumer publications,  and the use of identified contractors for
sales and marketing  projects in order for the Company to implement  multimarket
promotions of its products.

     To complement these activities, direct mail promotional materials are being
mailed to approximately 65,000 targeted independent and chain pharmacists in key
metropolitan markets across the United States. Trade journal advertising is also
planned to help reinforce the distribution and physician marketing programs. The
Company  believes that these tactics will improve  Mag-Tab(R)SR  and Unifiber(R)
availability  in retail outlets and increase  demand for the products.  However,
based on results of operations to date and the limited time that the Company has
been implementing its marketing strategy,  the Company cannot predict the effect
of its marketing strategies or whether they will be successful at all.

   
     The  Company's  direct  customers  for both  Mag-Tab(R)SR  and  Unifiber(R)
comprise  virtually all of the drug and dietary  supplement  wholesalers  in the
United  States,  GPOs,  and state and  federal  institutions,  such as state and
county  supported  hospitals  that are affiliated  with medical  schools and the
Veterans   Administration  hospital  system.  The  following  drug  and  dietary
supplement wholesalers,  which supply retail and hospital pharmacies nationwide,
account for the following  percentage of annual  revenues of the Company for the
fiscal  year ended  December  31, 1996 and the six months  ended June 30,  1997,
respectively:  McKesson Drug Company,  28% and 28%; Cardinal Health Company, 15%
and 22%; Bergen Brunswig, 15% and 13%; and Amerisource Corporation, 14% and 11%.
The Company  believes that its  relationship  with these customers is excellent.
However,  the loss of any one of these customers may have a substantial  adverse
effect on the financial condition of the Company. See "Risk Factors - Dependence
on Major Customers."
    

                                       33

<PAGE>



     GPOs and institutional and government  accounts are growing markets for the
sale of Mag- Tab(R)SR and  Unifiber(R).  The Company  utilizes direct  marketing
strategies to help penetrate  these markets by creating  specifications  for the
Company's  products.   Such  strategies  include  providing  bids  to  GPOs  and
government  institutions;  encouraging selection of Company products due to cost
effectiveness  and other  previously  discussed  advantages over the competitive
products  and  therapies;  and  participating  in state  Medicaid  reimbursement
programs.

     In addition to the above programs and  strategies,  the Company  intends to
initiate a press and other media release program through its advertising  agency
to create product awareness and corporate image. In the past, these tactics have
been effective in generating new demand and creating  opportunities  to evaluate
new products,  services and possible  marketing/licensing  agreements;  however,
results of this  program with GPOs and  institutional  and  government  accounts
cannot be predicted.

     Within the United  States,  the Company  distributes  its products from its
warehouse  in  Roanoke,  Texas (see  "Business  -  Property")  via UPS,  Federal
Express,  common  carriers (both land and sea) or United States Postal  Service.
The Company has virtually no backlog since orders are generally  shipped out the
same day as they are received.

Foreign Distribution

   
     The Company  has a  distribution  agreement  with  Laboratorios  Rider S.A.
("Laboratorios") of Santiago,  Chile,  pursuant to which Laboratorios is granted
the exclusive right to distribute and market Mag-Tab(R)SR in Chile and Argentina
(the "Laboratorios  Agreement").  The initial term of the Laboratorios Agreement
expires in November 1997 and is  automatically  renewable for  successive  three
year periods  unless  terminated  by either party at least 180 days prior to the
termination  of the initial or any  renewal  term.  Neither  party has given any
notice of  termination.  Accordingly,  the expiration  date of the  Laboratorios
Agreement has been  extended to November  2000.  Based on the Company's  current
relationship with Laboratorios, the Company anticipates, but cannot assure, that
the Laboratorios Agreement will be renewed at the end of the initial term.
    

     In  April  1996,  the  Company  entered  into an  exclusive  marketing  and
distribution agreement with Corporation for Russian American Enterprise ("CRAE")
pursuant  to which  CRAE has the  right to  exclusively  market  and  distribute
Mag-Tab(R)SR  in Russia and the other  republics  comprising  the former  Soviet
Union (the "CRAE Agreement").  The 24-month term of the CRAE Agreement commences
on the first date that either of the Company's  products is commercially sold in
CRAE's  territory,  which  sales  will be  subject  to prior  approval  from the
jurisdictions in its territory.  The Company anticipates that such approval will
not be obtained in the foreseeable  future,  and the Company does not anticipate
that any material revenues will develop as a result of the CRAE Agreement.

     Both the  Laboratories  Agreement and the CRAE  Agreement  provide that the
Company will sell  Mag-Tab(R)SR to each of Laboratories and CRAE,  respectively,
in no less than  established  minimum order amounts on an established  cost-plus
basis. Both agreements provide for payment to the Company not later than 60 days
from the date of shipment.

                                       34

<PAGE>



     To date, revenues from foreign sales have been nominal.

Manufacturing

     The Company  does not  currently  manufacture  its own  products and has no
current  plans to do so. It plans to continue to avoid this  capital  expense by
utilizing third party contract manufacturing in FDA- approved facilities.

Mag-Tab(R)SR

   
     Mag-Tab(R)SR   is   manufactured   and  packaged  by   Schering,   a  major
FDA-regulated  pharmaceutical  company, via a long-term exclusive  manufacturing
agreement (the "Schering  Agreement") which became effective on July 1, 1997 and
which replaced a previous  two-year  agreement  with similar terms.  The initial
term of the new Schering  Agreement  expires in five years after the date of the
Company's first purchase order and is automatically renewable for successive two
year terms  thereafter  unless  written notice of termination is given by either
party at least one year prior to the  expiration  of the  initial or  successive
term.
    

     The Schering  Agreement  provides for the  manufacture of  Mag-Tab(R)SR  in
compliance with FDA Good Manufacturing Practices standards ("GMPs") required for
the manufacture of FDA-regulated drugs, even though  Mag-Tab(R)SR,  as a dietary
supplement, currently need not comply with such drug product GMPs.

   
     The Company believes that its  relationship  with Schering is excellent and
anticipates that its relationship  will continue for the foreseeable  future. In
the event the Schering  Agreement is  terminated or expires and the Company does
not renew its  relationship  with  Schering,  the Company  believes,  but cannot
assure,  that it will be able to  engage  another  third  party  to  manufacture
Mag-Tab(R)SR in compliance  with GMPs on terms  comparable to those set forth in
the Schering  Agreement.  See "Risk  Factors - No  Manufacturing  Capability  or
Experience; Dependence on Others."
    

Unifiber(R)

   
     Unifiber(R)  is  manufactured  and  packaged  by IFP  pursuant  to the  IFP
Agreement,  which became effective on September 1, 1997. The initial term of the
IFP Agreement expires three years after the date of the Company's first purchase
order and is  automatically  renewable for successive two year terms  thereafter
unless  written notice of termination is given by either party at least one year
prior to the  expiration  of the initial or  successive  term.  Unifiber(R)  was
previously manufactured by Bertek under the Bertek Agreement,  which covered the
Company's  acquisition  of  Unifiber(R).  The Company has a six month  inventory
supply of  Unifiber(R)  based on current  sales  levels.  Pursuant to the Bertek
Agreement,  Bertek has agreed not to compete  with the Company  with  respect to
Unifiber(R)   anywhere  in  the  world  until  2002.  See  "Risk  Factors  -  No
Manufacturing Capability or Experience; Dependence on Others."
    


                                       35

<PAGE>



   
     Although the Company's policy is to maintain an  approximately  three month
supply of each of Mag-Tab(R)SR and Unifiber(R) (of which, as noted above, it has
a six month supply),  failure to engage or delays in engaging a manufacturer for
either  product  could  result in the Company  being  unable to fill orders on a
timely basis, or at all,  resulting in  cancellation  of orders,  reduced sales,
loss of  customers,  loss of  goodwill,  and other  events  which  could  have a
material adverse effect on the Company.  Additionally,  if the Company is unable
to  engage  a  manufacturer  on terms at  least  as  favorable  as the  Schering
Agreement or the IFP Agreement,  the costs of goods sold may be raised,  thereby
reducing  profit  margins.  See "Risk Factors - No  Manufacturing  Capability or
Experience; Dependence on Others."
    

Competition

     The Company  competes in both the magnesium  supplement  market and dietary
fiber market with companies that have substantially greater resources, including
capital,  research and development  resources,  and  manufacturing and marketing
capabilities with respect to well established products.  Accordingly,  there can
be no  assurance  that the  Company  will be able to compete  successfully  with
respect to either of its products.

Mag-Tab(R)SR

     Because  magnesium  is  presently  emerging as a dietary  supplement  (i.e.
market of less than $10 million), there are few current competitors.  The market
leader is G.D. Searle ("Searle"),  which is estimated to possess more than a 70%
market  share with its  product,  SlowMag(R).  SlowMag(R)  is an enteric  coated
dosage form (not  sustained-release)  of  magnesium  chloride.  Searle  invested
several  million  dollars  towards  physician  and  pharmacy  promotion  when it
launched this product in 1989 and 1990 and, as a result, Searle has been a major
factor  in the  magnesium  supplement  market.  SlowMag(R)  is the only  dietary
supplement  product that Searle has in its product line.  Even though Searle has
greatly  reduced its  promotional  efforts with respect to  SlowMag(R) in recent
years, the product has grown over 30% in unit volume since 1992.

     The other  major  competitor  of the  Company in the  magnesium  supplement
market is Blaine Co., Inc.  ("Blaine")  whose  product's  trade name is MagOx(R)
(magnesium  oxide  tablets).  Blaine,  a company with no field sales force,  has
gained  significant  market share from  SlowMag(R) in recent  years.  MagOx's(R)
market share is  currently  approximately  15%, a position the Company  believes
Blaine has  accomplished  through  steady  direct  mail  promotion  to  targeted
physicians and specialists.

     Mag-Tab(R)SR's  patented sustained release formulation provides significant
advantages  over its major  competitors,  MagOx(R) and  SlowMag(R).  Compared to
MagOx(R),  (i) Mag-Tab(R)SR's  formula (magnesium  L-lactate  dihydrate) is 600%
more soluble at any given pH level,  thus assuring better  bioavailability,  and
(ii) published  data suggest that the  insolubility  of magnesium  oxide tablets
(MagOx(R)) causes it to be poorly absorbed,  thereby leading to a high potential
for  gastrointestinal  side effects such as  diarrhea.  Compared to  SlowMag(R),
Mag-Tab(R)SR  provides 33% more  elemental  magnesium per dose,  thus  providing
individuals with a dosage regimen requiring fewer tablets at less

                                       36

<PAGE>



daily cost. In addition,  Mag-Tab(R)SR's  12-hour sustained release  formulation
allows  patients to take their dose twice  daily,  resulting  in better  overall
patient compliance.

Unifiber(R)

     Currently, Proctor and Gamble is the leader in the dietary fiber market, as
its Metamucil(R)  (psyllium) product line has an approximately 70% market share.
Metamucil(R)  is  promoted  primarily  via  consumer   advertising  and  limited
professional  sampling. The Metamucil(R) product line is offered in a wide range
of flavors and sizes with each product containing almost a totally different set
of ingredients in the  formulation.  The Company  believes that this  diversity,
along with the numerous line extensions on the retail shelf,  makes it difficult
for health care  professionals  and patients to determine  the right formula for
their specific  needs,  as the various  formulae may have  different  effects on
consumers who are pregnant or have renal disease or diabetes.

     Other  competitors in the dietary fiber market include  SmithKline  Beecham
with Citrucel(R) (methyl cellulose) (with approximately a 10% market share), and
several other  companies  that also have a psyllium  product,  such as Konsyl(R)
(with  approximately  a 5%  market  share).  Citrucel(R)'s  initial  promotional
campaign focused on the non-gelling,  better tasting,  "low gas" features of the
product.  After  establishing  an  ethical  base  with  the  gastroenterologist,
Citrucel(R) marketing has shifted more towards the consumer. Konsyl(R), owned by
Konsyl Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ("Konsyl"), is an older psyllium product similar to
Metamucil(R),  whose  initial  base of  business  was  established  via  ethical
marketing to  colo-rectal  surgeons and  obstetrician/gynecologists.  Currently,
Konsyl  continues  to market to these  physician  groups but has also  initiated
consumer promotion.

     Compared to the aforementioned  competitive products,  the Company believes
that Unifiber(R) offers a number of unique advantages,  including the following:
(i)  there is no  requirement  for  additional  forced  fluid  intake,  and (ii)
Unifiber(R)  is  electrolyte-free,  contains no aspartame  and is an  ultrafine,
tasteless,  non-gelling powder that mixes with virtually any soft food or liquid
substance. These characteristics are attractive to renal dieticians, home health
care professionals, diabetic educators, long-term care providers and consumers.

   
     The Company's  competitive position in both the magnesium and fiber markets
also depends on its ability to attract and retain  qualified  personnel,  obtain
and defend  patent and other  intellectual  property  protection,  or  otherwise
develop or acquire  proprietary  products or  processes,  and secure  sufficient
capital resources to manufacture,  market, distribute and sell its products. See
"Risk Factors - Uncertainty of Protection of Patents and Proprietary Rights" and
"Risk Factors - Dependence on Key Management and Qualified Personnel."
    

Patents and Proprietary Rights

     The  Company  owns a patent on  Mag-Tab(R)SR  in the United  States,  which
expires in March 2008.  A patent  application  with respect to  Mag-Tab(R)SR  is
currently pending in Canada. Additionally, the

                                       37

<PAGE>



trademark  "Mag-Tab(R)SR"  is a  registered  trademark  in  the  United  States.
Unifiber(R) is not patented;  however,  Unifiber(R) is a registered trademark in
the United States.

     The Company's  policy is to actively seek, when  appropriate,  intellectual
property  protection  for its products and  proprietary  information by means of
United States and foreign patents,  trademarks and contractual arrangements.  In
addition, the Company relies upon trade secrets and contractual  arrangements to
protect certain of its proprietary information and products.

   
     The  Company's  success  will  depend in part on its ability to enforce its
current patent, obtain patent protection for any products which may be developed
or  acquired  by the  Company in the future,  preserve  its trade  secrets,  and
operate without infringing on the proprietary  rights of third parties,  both in
the United States and other countries. In the absence of patent protection,  the
Company's  business  may  be  adversely  affected  by  competitors  who  develop
substantially  equivalent technology.  Because of the substantial length of time
and expense  associated  with bringing new products  through  development to the
marketplace,  the pharmaceutical and nutraceutical industries place considerable
importance on obtaining and maintaining  patent and trade secret  protection for
new  technologies,  products and  processes.  There can be no assurance that the
Company will have  sufficient  resources to protect its patent from  infringers,
that the Company will develop or acquire  additional  products that are patented
or  patentable,  or that  present  or future  patents  will  provide  sufficient
protection  to the  Company's  present  or  future  technologies,  products  and
processes.  In  addition,  there  can  be no  assurance  that  others  will  not
independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary  information,  design
around the Company's patent, or future patents,  if any, or obtain access to the
Company's know-how, or that others will not successfully  challenge the validity
of the Company's  patents or be issued patents which may prevent the sale of one
or more of the  Company's  products,  or require  licensing  and the  payment of
significant fees or royalties by the Company to third parties in order to enable
the Company to conduct its business.  No assurance can be given as to the degree
of protection or  competitive  advantage  the  Company's  current  patent or any
patents issued to, or acquired by, the Company will afford, the validity of such
patents,  or the Company's  ability to avoid violating or infringing any patents
issued to others. Further, there can be no guarantee that any patents issued to,
or  licensed  by, the  Company  will not be  infringed  by  products  of others.
Litigation and other  proceedings  involving a defense and prosecution of patent
claims can be expensive and time consuming, even in those instances in which the
outcome  is  favorable  to the  Company,  and can  result  in the  diversion  of
resources from the Company's other activities.  An adverse outcome could subject
the Company to significant liabilities to third parties,  require the Company to
obtain  licenses  from third parties or require the Company to cease any related
research and development,  and sales of infringing products. See "Risk Factors -
Uncertainty of Protection of Patents and Proprietary Rights."
    

     The Company does not currently  undertake  basic  research and  development
activities  to develop  new  products.  Instead,  the  Company's  strategy is to
contract  with  third  party  manufacturers  or dietary  supplement  development
companies to formulate  new dosage forms of its existing  products and to target
for licensing or  acquisition  products  that are already  developed and tested.
This  would also  include  existing  products  with  sales  revenues,  which are
generally owned by large pharmaceutical or nutraceutical companies but which are
neglected by them. The Company depends on the unpatentable

                                       38

<PAGE>



knowledge,  experience  and skills of scientific  and technical  consultants  to
conduct  clinical trials  commissioned by the Company from time to time, as well
as to develop new  formulations of its existing  products.  The Company requires
that  each  of  its  executive  employees,   consultants,   manufacturers,   and
distributors  execute a contract  containing a  confidentiality  agreement  with
respect to the Company's proprietary rights. There can be no assurance, however,
that these  agreements  will provide  meaningful  protection  for the  Company's
proprietary  information  in the event of an  unauthorized  use or disclosure of
such confidential information.

Government Regulation

   
     The  Company  is  subject  to the  Federal  Food,  Drug  and  Cosmetic  Act
(including the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994), the Federal
Trade  Commission Act, the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act, the Consumer Product
Safety  Act,  the Federal  Hazardous  Substance  Act and product  safety laws in
foreign  jurisdictions,  as well as to the  jurisdiction of the Consumer Product
Safety  Commission.  Such regulation  subjects the Company to the possibility of
requirements  of repurchase or recall of products  found to be defective and the
possibility  of  fines,  penalties,  seizure  of its  products,  injunction  and
criminal  prosecution  for  repeated  violations.   The  FDA  regulates  product
labeling,  including claims. In addition,  the FTC regulates product claims made
in  advertising.  Existing  and future  governmental  regulations  could  impact
certain  products of the Company.  Additionally,  products which the Company may
acquire in the future (if any) may be subject to FDA  approval  and  regulation,
which  could  be time  consuming  and  costly.  See  "Risk  Factors  -  Possible
Significant  Impact of Consumer Laws and Government  Regulation on the Company's
Business and Products."
    

Third Party Reimbursement

     Health care reform in the United  States is  currently  an area of national
attention.  Certain  reforms may influence  customer  purchases and, if adopted,
could impose  limitations on the prices the Company may be able to charge in the
United  States,  or on the amount of  reimbursement  available  from  government
agencies and private  third party payors for magnesium  supplements  and dietary
fiber.

   
     In the United  States,  the Health Care Financing  Administration  ("HCFA")
establishes   guidelines  for  coverage  and  the  reimbursement  of  healthcare
providers  treating  Medicare and Medicaid  patients.  The Medicare  program has
detailed  coverage and  reimbursement  rules, but the program does not currently
provide  reimbursements  for  drugs or  nutritional  supplements.  The  Medicaid
program, which is a Federal program, is state administered.  Therefore, although
Medicaid  reimbursement  codes currently exist for Mag-Tab(R)SR and Unifiber(R),
HCFA does not control the policy of every state.  At present,  approximately  15
states approve patient  reimbursement under Medicaid for the Company's products.
There can be no guarantee that Mag-Tab(R)SR,  Unifiber(R) or any new products of
the  Company  will be covered in the future by  Medicaid  or other  third  party
payors,  and,  if  covered,  there  can  be no  guarantee  as to  the  level  of
reimbursement  that will be provided.  See "Risk Factors - Uncertainty  of Third
Party Reimbursement and Product Pricing."
    



                                       39

<PAGE>



Product Liability Insurance; Indemnification

     The  Company's  business  involves the inherent  risk of product  liability
claims.  If such claims arise in the future,  they could have a material adverse
impact on the Company.  The Company maintains product liability  insurance on an
occurrence  basis in the amount of $3 million per  occurrence  and an  aggregate
amount of $3 million  per policy  term  period.  The policy term of 12 months is
renewable  for  successive  12 month  periods.  There is no assurance  that such
coverage will be sufficient to protect the Company from risks to which it may be
subject, or that product liability insurance will be available to the Company at
a reasonable  cost, if at all, in the future.  Mag-Tab(R)SR and Unifiber(R) have
been on the market for approximately seven and twelve years,  respectively.  The
Company is not aware of any adverse side effects resulting from the use of these
products.  However,  the Company  cannot  assure that users will not  experience
adverse side effects from these products in the future,  or that claims will not
be brought against the Company arising from the use of these products.

   
     Additionally,  the  Company  attempts  to  reduce  its  risk  by  obtaining
indemnity  undertakings  with respect to product liability claims from the third
party  manufacturers  of its products.  The Company may acquire and market other
products in the future,  which may be the subject of claims against the Company,
that may or may not be  covered by any or  adequate  insurance  or  indemnities.
Currently,  the Company is not aware of any pending or threatened claims against
it.  See  "Risk  Factors -  Potential  of  Material  Adverse  Effect of  Product
Liability Claims on the Company."
    

Employees

   
     The Company  currently  has seven  employees,  three of whom are engaged in
direct sales and marketing activities.  The remaining employees provide services
with  regard to  finance,  administration,  product  development,  and  customer
service.  No employees of the Company are covered by any  collective  bargaining
agreements, and management considers its employee relations to be excellent. The
Company  intends  to use  part  of the  proceeds  from  this  Offering  to  hire
additional employees in 1997, including a full-time controller, a national field
sales  manager  and ten to  twelve  field  sales  representatives.  See  "Use of
Proceeds."
    

Property

   
     The Company's  principal executive offices and warehouse are located at 200
North Oak,  Roanoke,  Texas,  a 5,000  square  foot leased  facility.  The lease
provides  for a term ending on August 31, 2001 and a current  monthly  rental of
$2,000 (which  increases in $200  increments each year until 2000) plus costs of
utilities and taxes.  The lease is renewable for an additional five years by the
Company at a monthly  rental of $2,600.  The Company  believes that its existing
facilities  are  adequate for the  foreseeable  future.  Additionally,  there is
unimproved space adjacent to the building, allowing for expansion of the current
facility if the Company determines that expansion is necessary. The lease grants
the Company an option to purchase the real  property  (including  the  Company's
premises  and the  adjacent  space)  for a period  of 24  months  commencing  on
September 1, 1996 at a price equal to $20,000 above its market value as
    

                                       40

<PAGE>



determined  by an  appraiser.  The Company has no current  plans to exercise the
option, or lease or acquire any other real estate.  See "Financial  Statements -
Notes to Financial Statements 14[B]."

Litigation

     There is no  litigation  pending  against the  Company,  nor is the Company
aware  of  any  threatened  litigation,  or  any  proceeding  contemplated  by a
governmental authority, against it.

                                   MANAGEMENT

     The names and ages of, and the positions  held by, the  executive  officers
and directors of the Company are set forth below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        Class of
         Name                       Age              Positions Held                     Directorship(1)
 
         <S>                       <C>               <C>                                <C>  
   
         Stephen F. Brandon         51               Chief Executive Officer,           Class III
                                                     President, Treasurer and
                                                     Chairman of the Board

         Thomas F. Reed             52               Executive Vice President -         Class I
                                                     Corporate Development,
                                                     Secretary and Director

         Jean R. Sperry             70               Vice President and Director        Class II

         Allan R. Avery             37               Director and Member of             Class III
                                                     Audit Committee

         J. Leslie Glick            57               Director and Member of             Class I
                                                     Audit Committee
- --------------------
</TABLE>
    

     (1) The Company's  Certificate of Incorporation  provides for three classes
of  directors.  The term of each class is three  years,  except that the initial
term of office of the Class I  directors  will  expire at the  Company's  annual
meeting of  stockholders  in 1997 and the initial term of office of the Class II
directors will expire at the Company's annual meeting in 1998.

     Stephen F. Brandon has served as Chief  Executive  Officer,  President  and
Chairman of the Board of the Company since its inception in 1991. He was elected
Treasurer of the Company in October 1996. From 1988 to 1991, Mr. Brandon pursued
entrepreneurial  activities  and served as Executive  Vice  President of Sales &
Marketing at Lectus Associates, a pharmaceutical marketing firm created by him

                                       41

<PAGE>



and two other associates. From 1970 to 1988, Mr. Brandon held numerous sales and
sales management  positions with Marion Laboratories,  Inc. ("Marion"),  a major
United States pharmaceutical company.

     Thomas F. Reed has served as Executive Vice President-Corporate Development
and a director of the Company since 1991. Mr. Reed was elected  Secretary of the
Company in October  1996.  Prior to joining the Company,  Mr. Reed had a 21-year
career  with  Marion,  where he held  various  management  positions,  including
Director of Pharmaceutical  Marketing,  Company Vice President, and President of
the  International   Products  Division.  In  such  capacities,   Mr.  Reed  was
responsible  for  overseeing  the marketing of Marion's  prescription  products,
managing the strategic  development and market introduction of Marion's two most
successful   products   (Cardizem  (R)  and  Carafate   (R)),   and   marketing,
manufacturing, licensing and distribution operations.

   
     Jean R. Sperry has served as Vice  President  and a director of the Company
since 1991. Mr. Sperry is responsible for developing marketing strategies, sales
plans, and strategic alliances and devotes approximately 10% of his working time
to the Company's business.  For more than 30 years prior to joining the Company,
Mr.  Sperry  served in  various  sales and  marketing  capacities  with  Marion,
including  National  Sales  Manager,  Vice  President  of Sales and Senior  Vice
President of Marketing.  Additionally,  during that time, Mr. Sperry founded and
served as the President of Marion's international division from 1976 to 1986.
    

     Allan R. Avery has been a director  of the  Company  since  February  1996.
Since 1990, Mr. Avery has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of
GEM Communications Inc., a health care communications  company which he founded.
From 1990 to 1991,  Mr.  Avery was Vice  President  of  Client  Services  at PRO
Communications,  a pharmaceutical  education project company. Prior thereto, Mr.
Avery held various  sales and  marketing  positions at Marion during a nine year
career.

   
     J. Leslie  Glick,  Ph.D.  has been a director of the Company  since October
1996. Since 1993, Dr. Glick has been an independent management  consultant,  and
has served as Editor-in-Chief of Technology  Management,  a management  journal,
since 1992. He has also been an adjunct  professor of  technology  management in
the Graduate  School of  Management & Technology  at the  University of Maryland
University College since 1988. Additionally, from 1987 to 1993, Dr. Glick served
as Chief  Executive  Officer,  President  and  Chairman  of the  Board of Bionix
Corporation,  a  biotechnology  company.  From 1977 to 1987, Dr. Glick served as
President and Chief Executive  Officer of Genex  Corporation,  a publicly-traded
biotechnology company.

     The Company has undertaken to have a designee of the Underwriter serve as a
director  of the  Company  for a period of three  years.  The  Company  has been
advised by the  Underwriter of its intention to designate  Robert C. Lau to such
position.

     Robert C. Lau is President and Chief Executive Officer of Clayton,  Dunning
& Company Inc., a member of the National  Association of Securities Dealers Inc.
Mr.  Lau has been in the  investment  business  for over 35 years,  involved  in
retail  and  institutional  brokerage,   investment  management  and  investment
banking.  He is a graduate of Yale University and has post-graduate  training in
Economics.
    

                                       42

<PAGE>



   
Mr. Lau has held various  management  positions at several  major New York Stock
Exchange member firms during his career. He became a certified financial planner
in 1974,  and  served on the Board of  Regents  and the  Adjunct  Faculty of the
College for Financial  Planning.  He is engaged by leading securities firms as a
securities  expert,  is a member  of the  NASD  Board  of  Arbitrators  and is a
mediator  certified by the Florida Supreme Court.  Mr. Lau is also an investment
advisor registered with the SEC.
    

     There  are no family  relationships  between  the  executive  officers  and
directors of the Company.

Executive Compensation

     The  following  table  provides  summary  information  concerning  cash and
certain other  compensation  paid or accrued by the Company to, or on behalf of,
Mr. Brandon, the Company's Chief Executive Officer, during the last three fiscal
years.  No executive  officer of the Company had a combined  salary and bonus in
excess of $100,000 for any year during such period.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Summary Compensation Table

                                   Annual Compensation              Long-Term Compensation

                                                                          Awards                  Payouts

                                                                   Restricted  Securities
Name and Principal                                Other Annual       Stock     Underlying      LTIP        All Other
 Positions                 Year  Salary   Bonus   Compensation(1)   Award(s)     Options      Payouts     Compensation
- --------------------       ----  ------   ------  ----------------  --------     -------      -------    -------------
 
<S>                        <C>   <C>      <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>                
   
Stephen F. Brandon         1996  $74,000  $12,000      -               -            -            -              -
   Chief Executive         1995   48,000   12,000      -               -            -            -              -
   Officer, President      1994   41,400   12,000      -               -            -            -              -
   and Chairman of the
   Board
    

</TABLE>


(1) Represents annual club dues paid by the Company on behalf of Mr. Brandon.

     Each  director of the Company is entitled to be reimbursed  for  reasonable
out-of-pocket  expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors
of the Company.  The members of the Board of  Directors  intend to meet at least
quarterly.

Employment Agreements

     At the  Closing  of the  Offering,  the  Company  intends  to enter into an
employment  agreement with Mr.  Brandon  pursuant to which he shall serve as the
Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer,  President and Chairman of the Board for a
period of three years from the date of this  Prospectus  at a salary of $120,000
per annum.

     At the Closing of the Offering,  the Company  intends to also enter into an
employment  agreement  with Mr.  Reed  pursuant  to which he shall  serve as the
Company's Executive Vice President-Corporate

                                       43

<PAGE>



Development  for a period of three years from the date of this  Prospectus  at a
salary of $96,000 per annum.

     The employment  agreements  for Messrs.  Brandon and Reed will each further
provide for  reimbursement  of business  expenses.  Additionally,  Mr. Brandon's
employment  agreement will provide for  reimbursement of club dues not to exceed
$15,000 on an annual basis. The employment  agreements will also provide for the
payment of full salary in the event of  disability  for three  months and 50% of
salary if such disability continues for the next three month period. The Company
will  have  the  right to  terminate  the  employment  agreements  in the  event
disability  continues for more than six  consecutive  months or for 150 business
days in any  nine  month  period.  The  employment  agreements  will  contain  a
restrictive  covenant precluding Messrs.  Brandon and Reed,  respectively,  from
competing  with the Company  during the term, and for a period of one year after
the termination,  of the employment  agreement,  without the Company's  consent.
Furthermore,  the employment agreements will entitle Messrs. Brandon and Reed to
participate in any health,  compensatory or other plan or program adopted by the
Company for the benefit of its executive employees.

Stock Options

1996 Senior Executive Stock Option Plan

   
     In December  1996,  the Board of Directors of the Company  adopted the 1996
Senior  Executive  Stock  Option Plan (the "1996 Senior  Executive  Plan") which
provides for the grant of options to a certain senior  management  group for the
purchase of up to 405,000 Common Shares of the Company.  The purpose of the 1996
Senior  Executive  Plan is to provide an  incentive  and reward for such  senior
management group to contribute  substantially to the progress and success of the
Company,  to closely align the interests of such employees with the interests of
the stockholders of the Company by linking benefits to performance and to retain
the services of such employees.  In furtherance of that purpose, the 1996 Senior
Executive Plan provides for the grant to Messrs. Brandon, Reed, Sperry and Avery
of options to purchase 283,500,  72,900, 24,300, and 24,300 Common Shares of the
Company,  respectively,  at an  exercise  price of $5.00 per share (the  "Senior
Executive Plan Options").  The Senior  Executive Plan Options shall terminate in
December 2006 and vest in one-third  increments in each of 1999,  2000, and 2001
following  the  issuance  of audited  financial  statements  for the prior year,
provided  the  Company's  cumulative  pre-tax  income  from  operations  exceeds
$300,000  (without  giving effect to any deferred  financing cost resulting from
the issuance of 100,000 Common Shares to the Bridge Lender, 80,000 of which were
subsequently   returned  to  the  Company  in  the  Company's  Bridge  Financing
transaction),  $3,000,000 and $7,500,000 for the fiscal years ended December 31,
1998,  December 31, 1999 and December 31, 2000,  respectively  (the  "Cumulative
Goals").  In the  event a  particular  Cumulative  Goal is not  reached  through
December  31 of any  given  year,  the  particular  installment  of such  Senior
Executive Plan Options will nevertheless vest in a future year if the Cumulative
Goal for a succeeding year is met. It is anticipated  that the Senior  Executive
Plan Options will be granted at the Closing of the Offering. Following the grant
of the Senior  Executive  Plan  Options  described  herein,  no  further  Senior
Executive Plan Options will be available under the 1996 Senior Executive Plan.
    


                                       44

<PAGE>



1996 Stock Option Plan

     In February  1996, the Board of Directors of the Company  adopted,  and the
stockholders of the Company approved the adoption of, the 1996 Stock Option Plan
(the  "1996  Option  Plan")  which  provides  for the grant of  options  for the
purchase of up to 131,250 Common Shares of the Company.  The purpose of the 1996
Option Plan is to advance the  interests of the Company by providing  additional
incentive  to,  and  to  attract  and  retain,  qualified  competent  employees,
non-employee  directors,  consultants and advisors through the  encouragement of
stock ownership in the Company by such persons.

   
     In February 1996,  pursuant to the 1996 Option Plan, the Company granted to
Messrs.  Reed and Sperry  options to purchase  12,500 and 75,000 Common  Shares,
respectively,  at an  exercise  price of $1.50 per  share.  Messrs.  Reed's  and
Sperry's options, which are currently exercisable, expire in February 2006.
    

     In July 1996, pursuant to the 1996 Option Plan, the Company granted to each
of Mr.  Avery and Dr.  Glick  options to  purchase  12,500  Common  Shares at an
exercise  price of $1.50 per share.  The  options  vest to the extent of 20% per
year over a period of five years  commencing  in July 1997 and terminate in July
2006.  Other than the options  already granted as described  herein,  no further
options will be granted under the 1996 Option Plan.

1996 Non-Senior Executive Stock Option Plan

     In December 1996,  the Company  adopted and the  stockholders  approved the
1996  Non-Senior  Executive  Stock Option Plan (the "1996  Non-Senior  Executive
Plan")  which  provides  for the grant of  options  to  employees,  non-employee
directors,  consultants  and  advisors  of  the  Company,  other  than  eligible
optionees under the 1996 Senior Executive Plan, to purchase up to 150,000 Common
Shares.  The  purpose  of the 1996  Non-Senior  Executive  Plan is to provide an
incentive and reward the eligible employees, non-employee directors, consultants
and  advisors to  contribute  to the  progress  and success of the  Company,  to
closely align the interests of such eligible optionees with the interests of the
stockholders of the Company by linking  benefits to  performance,  to retain the
services of such employees,  non-employee  directors,  consultants and advisors,
and to attract new employees,  non-employee directors, consultants and advisors.
No options have been granted under the 1996 Non-Senior  Executive Plan as of the
date of this Prospectus.

       

                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     The following  table sets forth certain  information as of the date of this
Prospectus with respect to the beneficial  ownership of the  outstanding  Common
Shares of the  Company  by (i) any  holder  of more  than 5% of the  outstanding
Common  Shares;  (ii) the  Company's  directors;  and  (iii) the  directors  and
executive officers of the Company as a group; and (iv) the Selling Stockholder:





                                       45

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                   Number of                                                     Number of
                                   Common                                       Number of        Common
                                   Shares                                       Common           Shares
                                   Beneficially         Percentage of           Shares           Beneficially        Percentage of
Name and Address of                Owned Prior          Class Prior to          Offered          Owned After         Class After
Beneficial Owner                   to Offering          Offering                Hereby           Offering            Offering (1)
- ----------------                   -----------          --------                ------           --------            ------------
<S>                                <C>                  <C>                      <C>             <C>                 <C>  
   
Stephen F. Brandon . . . . . . . . 731,500(2)(3)        65.4%                   -0-              731,500(2)(3)       29.0%
200 North Oak
Roanoke, Texas
Jean R. Sperry . . . . . . . . . . 122,500(3)(4)        10.3%                   -0-              122,500(3)(4)       4.7%
200 North Oak
Roanoke, Texas
Thomas F. Reed  . . . . . . . . . .98,000(3)(5)         8.7%                    -0-              98,000(3)(5)        3.9%
12704 Eaton Circle
Leawood, Kansas
Gerald L. Beckloff, M.D. ......... 75,500               6.7%                    -0-              75,500              3.0%
Commerce Plaza II, Suite 720
7400 West 110th Street
Overland Park, Kansas
Bertek Pharmaceuticals Inc.(6)     72,727               6.5%                    -0-              72,727              2.9%
10410 Corporate Drive
Sugar Land, Texas
Dominant Construction               20,000              1.8%                     20,000(8)        - 0 -              --
Corp.(7)  . . . . . . . . . . . . .
523 Route 303
Orangeburg, New York
Allan R. Avery . . . . . . . . . . 17,500(3)(9)         1.6%                    -0-              17,500(3)(9)        *
40 Richards Avenue
Norwalk, Connecticut
J. Leslie Glick . . . . . . . . . . 2,500(9)            *                       -0-              2,500               *
10899 Deborah Drive
Potomac, Maryland
All directors and executive        972,000(2)(3)        80.2%                   -0-              972,000(2)(3)       37.2%
officers as a group (five          (4)(5)(9)                                                     (4)(5)(9)
persons)..........................
- --------------------
</TABLE>

 *       Less than 1%

(1)  Does not give effect to the  exercise  of the  Underwriter's  Warrant.  See
     "Underwriting."

(2)  Mr.  Brandon's  shares  are  pledged  as  security  for  the  repayment  of
     indebtedness. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders-Changes in Control."
    

                                       46

<PAGE>



   
(3)  Does not include  shares  issuable upon the exercise of options that may be
     granted under the 1996 Senior Executive Plan, the  exercisability  of which
     will be  subject  to the  attainment  of  certain  performance  goals.  See
     "Management-Stock Options."

(4)  Includes  75,000 share issuable upon the exercise of currently  exercisable
     options. See "Management-Stock Options."

(5)  Includes 12,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of currently  exercisable
     options. See "Management-Stock Options."

(6)  The  Company  has  been  advised  that  Bertek  Pharmaceuticals  Inc.  is a
     wholly-owned subsidiary of Mylan Pharmaceuticals Inc.

(7)  The  Company  has been  advised  that Alexa  Dove is the sole  stockholder,
     director  and  officer  of  Dominant   Construction   Corp.  (the  "Selling
     Stockholder")  and that Peter M. Dove is the General Manager of the Selling
     Stockholder  and the husband of Alexa Dove.  Both Mr. and Mrs.  Dove may be
     deemed to be  beneficial  owners of the Common  Shares owned by the Selling
     Stockholder.

(8)  As  noted  below,  the  Selling  Stockholder  has  agreed  that it will not
     transfer any of its Common  Shares for a period of two years  following the
     date of this Prospectus without the prior consent of the Underwriter.

(9)  Includes for each of Messrs. Avery and Glick 2,500 shares issuable upon the
     exercise of currently exercisable options. See "Management-Stock Options."
    

     The Registration  Statement,  of which this Prospectus forms a part, covers
the resale of 20,000  Common  Shares  issued to the Selling  Stockholder  by the
Company in connection with the Bridge Financing  completed in December 1996. See
"Bridge Financing."

   
     The Company  will not receive  any of the  proceeds  from the resale of the
Common Shares by the Selling Stockholder.  The Common Shares held by the Selling
Stockholder  may be resold at any time  following  the date of this  Prospectus,
subject to an  agreement  between the Selling  Stockholder  and the  Underwriter
restricting  the transfer of the Common Shares for a period of two years without
the Underwriter's  consent. The Underwriter has advised the Company that it will
not waive the transfer  restriction with respect to the Selling  Stockholder for
30 days following the date of this Prospectus, and that it has no plans to waive
such transfer restriction prior to its expiration.  However, the Underwriter has
informed  the  Company  that it may  contemplate  the  waiver  of such  transfer
restriction in the future if the sale of the Selling Stockholder's Common Shares
would not have an adverse  effect on the market  price of the  Company's  Common
Shares and the market could sustain such sale.  The  foregoing  notwithstanding,
the sale of such Common  Shares or the  potential  of such sales at any time may
have an adverse effect on the market prices of the Common Shares offered hereby.
See "Risk  Factors-Shares  Eligible  For Future  Sale May  Adversely  Affect the
Market."
    

                                       47

<PAGE>



     The Common  Shares  offered  may be sold from time to time  directly by the
Selling  Stockholder.  Alternatively,  the Selling  Stockholder may from time to
time offer such Common Shares  through  underwriters,  dealers,  or agents.  The
distribution of Common Shares by the Selling  Stockholder may be effected in one
or more  transactions  that  may  take  place  on the  over-the-counter  market,
including ordinary broker's transactions,  privately-negotiated  transactions or
through  sales  to one or more  broker-dealers  for  resale  of such  shares  as
principals,  at market prices  prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related
to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Usual and customary or
specifically negotiated brokerage fees or commissions may be paid by the Selling
Stockholder in connection  with such sales of Common  Shares.  The Common Shares
offered by the Selling  Stockholder  may be sold by one or more of the following
methods,  without  limitation:  (i) a block trade in which a broker or dealer so
engaged  will  attempt to sell the Common  Shares as agent but may  position and
resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the  transaction;  (ii)
purchases by a broker or dealer as principal and resale by such broker or dealer
for  its  account  pursuant  to  this  Prospectus;   (iii)  ordinary   brokerage
transactions  in which the broker  solicits  purchasers;  and (iv)  face-to-face
transactions between seller and purchasers without a broker-dealer. In effecting
sales,  brokers or dealers  engaged by the Selling  Stockholder  may arrange for
other  brokers  or  dealers  to  participate  .  The  Selling  Stockholder,  and
intermediaries   through  whom  such  Common  Shares  are  sold,  under  certain
circumstances,  may be deemed  "underwriters" within the meaning of the Act with
respect to the Common Shares  offered,  and any profits  realized or commissions
received may be deemed underwriting compensation.

     At the time a particular  offer of Common Shares is made by or on behalf of
the Selling Stockholder, to the extent required, a Prospectus Supplement will be
prepared  which will set forth the number of Common Shares being offered and the
terms of the offering, including the name or names of any underwriters,  dealers
or  agents,  the  purchase  price  paid by any  underwriter  for  Common  Shares
purchased  from  the  Selling  Stockholder  and any  discounts,  commissions  or
concessions  allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers,  and the proposed  selling
price to the public.

Changes in Control

   
     Mr. Brandon has pledged to the First National Bank of Grapevine, Grapevine,
Texas (the  "Lender") and the United States Small Business  Administration  (the
"SBA")  all  of  his  731,500   Common  Shares  of  the  Company,   representing
approximately 65% of the Common Shares outstanding prior to the Offering and 29%
of the Common Shares after the Offering.  Such pledge was made in furtherance of
a loan by the Lender in the original principal amount of $250,000 to the Company
and a guaranty of the loan by the SBA. In the event of a default  under the loan
(the principal amount of which as of June 30, 1997 was $85,486),  the Lender and
the SBA have the right to foreclose on the Common  Shares which could result in,
among other  things,  the Lender and the SBA  obtaining  voting  control  over a
significant portion of the outstanding Common Shares of the Company.
    

                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

   
     The Company is obligated to repay to Mr. Brandon a loan in the  outstanding
principal  amount of $295,487  (the  "Brandon  Loan").  The Brandon Loan accrues
interest at the rate of 10% per annum,
    

                                       48

<PAGE>



   
payable  monthly,  and is  payable  on  January  11,  1999.  The  Brandon  Loan,
originally in the principal amount of $500,000, was made on January 11, 1991 and
the term has been renewed for  successive one year terms each year since January
1992. The Company intends to prepay the remaining  principal  balance out of the
proceeds of this Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."
    

   
     In January 1997,  the Company  entered into an unsecured  Credit  Agreement
with GEM Communications, Inc. ("GEM"), an entity wholly owned by Allan R. Avery,
a  director  of the  Company,  which  provides  for the  Company to borrow up to
$150,000.  The Credit Agreement further provides that all amounts borrowed shall
be repaid in full on or before January 20, 1998.  Interest accrues on the unpaid
principal at the rate of 10% per annum and is payable  upon demand.  At the date
of  this  Prospectus,  the  Company  has  borrowed  $150,000  under  the  Credit
Agreement,  all of which is outstanding.  As further consideration to enter into
the Credit  Agreement,  the Company  issued to GEM  warrants to purchase  30,000
Common  Shares of the  Company at an  exercise  price of $6.00 per  share,  such
warrants being  exercisable  for a period of five years  commencing on the first
anniversary  date of this  Prospectus.  The  Company  entered  into  the  Credit
Agreement because it required additional financing to fund the Company's working
capital needs and no other sources of financing were available to the Company at
that time. The Company  believes that the terms of the Credit  Agreement and the
warrant are commercially reasonable and are at least as favorable as the Company
could have obtained from an unrelated  third party.  Amounts  borrowed under the
Credit  Agreement  will be repaid out of operating  revenues of the Company.  No
part of the proceeds obtained in this Offering will be utilized to repay the GEM
loan.
    

     To the extent that the Company may enter into any  agreements  with related
parties in the future (of which none are  presently  contemplated),  the Company
anticipates  that the terms of such agreements  will be commercially  reasonable
and no less  favorable  to the  Company  than  the  Company  could  obtain  from
unrelated third parties.  Additionally, the Company intends that such agreements
will be approved by a majority of disinterested directors.

                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

Common Shares

   
     The Company is  authorized  to issue up to 15,000,000  Common  Shares,  par
value $.01 per share, of which 1,119,227 shares are issued and outstanding as of
the date of this Prospectus. All of the issued and outstanding Common Shares are
validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
    

     Holders of the Common  Shares of the Company are entitled to share  equally
on a per  share  basis in such  dividends  as may be  declared  by the  Board of
Directors out of funds legally available therefor.  There are presently no plans
to pay dividends with respect to the Common Shares.  See "Dividend Policy." Upon
liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up of  the  Company,  after  payment  of
creditors  and the holders of any senior  securities  of the Company,  including
Preferred  Shares, if any, the assets of the Company will be divided pro rata on
a per share basis among the holders of the Common Shares.  The Common Shares are
not subject to any liability for further assessments. There are no conversion or

                                       49

<PAGE>



redemption privileges nor any sinking fund provisions with respect to the Common
Shares, and the Common Shares are not subject to call. The holders of the Common
Shares do not have any preemptive or other subscription rights.

     Holders of the Common  Shares are  entitled to cast one vote for each share
held  at all  stockholders'  meetings,  including  the  annual  meeting  for the
election of directors. The Common Shares do not have cumulative voting rights.

   
     The  Company  has agreed  with the  Underwriter  that it will not issue any
Common  Shares  (other than pursuant to  outstanding  options and warrants,  the
Underwriter's  Warrant,  or grants under the 1996 Senior Executive Plan and 1996
Non-Senior  Executive  Plan)  for a period of three  years  from the date of the
Prospectus   without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the   Underwriter.   See
"Underwriting."
    

Preferred Shares

   
     The Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation  authorizes  2,000,000  "blank
check"  Preferred  Shares,  par  value  $.01 per  share,  whereby  the  Board of
Directors of the Company shall have the authority, without further action by the
holders of the outstanding Common Shares, to issue Preferred Shares from time to
time in one or more series, to fix the number of shares  constituting any series
and the stated value thereof,  if different  from the par value,  and to fix the
terms of any such series,  including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion
or exchange  rights,  voting rights,  rights and terms of redemption  (including
sinking fund provisions), the redemption price and the liquidation preference of
such series.  As of the date of this  Prospectus,  there are no Preferred Shares
issued and  outstanding,  and the  Company  has no plans to issue any  Preferred
Shares.  The Company has agreed with the Underwriter  that it will not issue any
Preferred  Shares for a period of three  years from the date of this  Prospectus
without the prior written consent of the Underwriter. See "Underwriting."
    

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

     The  Company is governed  by the  provisions  of Section 203 of the General
Corporation Law of Delaware,  an anti-takeover  law enacted in 1988. In general,
the law  prohibits a Delaware  public  corporation  from engaging in a 'business
combination" with an "interested  stockholder" for a period of three years after
the  date  of  the   transaction  in  which  the  person  became  an  interested
stockholder,  unless  it is  approved  in a  prescribed  manner.  As a result of
Section  203,  potential  acquirors  of  the  Company  may be  discouraged  from
attempting to effect acquisition transactions with the Company, thereby possibly
depriving holders of the Company's  securities of certain  opportunities to sell
or otherwise dispose of such securities at above-market  prices pursuant to such
transactions.

Limitation on Liability of Directors; Indemnification

     Article X of the Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  eliminates  the
personal liability of directors to the Company and its stockholders for monetary
damages  for  breach of  fiduciary  duty as a  director  to the  fullest  extent
permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This

                                       50

<PAGE>



provision,  however, does not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i)
for  any  breach  of the  director's  duty  of  loyalty  to the  Company  or its
stockholders,  (ii) for acts or  omissions  not in good  faith or which  involve
intentional  misconduct  or a knowing  violation  of law,  (iii)  arising  under
Section 174 of the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law (with respect to unlawful
dividend payments and unlawful stock purchases or redemptions),  or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

     Additionally,  the Company has included in its Certificate of Incorporation
and its by-laws provisions to indemnify its directors,  officers,  employees and
agents and to purchase  insurance  with respect to liability  arising out of the
performance  of their duties as  directors,  officers,  employees  and agents as
permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware  General  Corporation law. The Delaware
General  Corporation  law provides  further that the  indemnification  permitted
thereunder  shall  not be  deemed  exclusive  of any  other  rights to which the
directors,  officers,  employees and agents may be entitled  under the Company's
by-laws or any agreement, or by vote of stockholders, or otherwise.

     The  effect of the  foregoing  is to  require  the  Company,  to the extent
permitted by law, to indemnify the directors,  officers, employees and agents of
the  Company  for any claim  arising  against  such  persons  in their  official
capacities if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe
his conduct was unlawful.

     In connection  with the Offering,  the  Underwriter has agreed to indemnify
the Company,  its directors,  and each person who controls it within the meaning
of Section 15 of the Act with respect to any  statement in or omission  from the
registration  statement or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto
if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished in
writing to the Company by the Underwriter specifically for or in connection with
the  preparation of the  registration  statement,  the  Prospectus,  or any such
amendment or supplement thereto.

     Insofar as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising under the Act may be
permitted to directors,  officers or persons controlling the Company pursuant to
the foregoing provisions,  the Company has been informed that, in the opinion of
the Commission,  such  indemnification  is against public policy as expressed in
the Act and is therefore unenforceable.

     The Company intends to obtain liability insurance coverage for its officers
and directors in the amount of $1,000,000 per person.

Transfer Agent

     The transfer  agent for the Company's  Common Shares is  Continental  Stock
Transfer and Trust Company.




                                       51

<PAGE>



                                  UNDERWRITING

General

   
     The Company has entered into an underwriting  agreement (the  "Underwriting
Agreement") with Clayton,  Dunning & Company,  Inc. to act as the Underwriter of
this Offering.  Pursuant to the  Underwriting  Agreement,  the Underwriter  will
serve as the exclusive agent for the Company to sell 1,400,000  Common Shares on
a "best  efforts - all or none" basis.  The Shares will be offered to the public
through  the  Underwriter  and  participating  selected  dealers  at the  public
offering price of $5.00 per Share.  The  Underwriter  has agreed to use its best
efforts to find purchasers for the Shares within the Offering Period .

     All proceeds  from  subscriptions  for the Common  Shares will be deposited
promptly into a non-interest  bearing account (the "Escrow  Account") with First
Union National Bank of Florida,  as escrow agent (the "Escrow Agent"),  pursuant
to an escrow agreement among the Company,  the Underwriter and the Escrow Agent.
Funds will be  transmitted to the Escrow Agent for deposit in the Escrow Account
no later than noon of the business  day  following  receipt.  All checks must be
made payable to "First Union National Bank of Florida, as Escrow Agent for Niche
Pharmaceuticals,  Inc." In the event that  1,400,000  Common Shares are not sold
within the Offering  Period,  as extended,  and funds are not cleared within ten
business days thereafter (during which time no additional  subscriptions will be
accepted),  or the Company and the  Underwriter  agree to terminate the Offering
prior to the end of the Offering Period before the Common Shares have been sold,
funds  will be  refunded  promptly  to  subscribers  in full  without  deduction
therefrom or interest thereon. During the Offering Period, no subscriber will be
entitled to a refund of any  subscription.  No funds will be  released  from the
Escrow  Account until the 1,400,000  Common Shares  offered  hereby are sold and
paid for or the Offering is terminated  because of a failure to sell the minimum
number of Shares  within the  Offering  Period.  In no event  will the  Offering
extend beyond the Offering Period.

     The  Company  and/or  its  principal   stockholders  and  their  associates
anticipate providing the Underwriter with the names of persons whom they believe
may be  interested  or who may have  contacted  the Company  with an interest in
purchasing the Common Shares. The Underwriter may sell the Common Shares to such
persons if they reside in a state in which the Common  Shares may be sold and in
which the Underwriter is permitted to sell the Common Shares. The Underwriter is
not obligated to sell Common Shares to any such persons.

     The  Underwriter  has  advised  the  Company  that it proposes to offer the
Common Shares to the public at an offering  price of $5.00 per Share and that it
may allow  certain  dealers  who are  members  of the  National  Association  of
Securities Dealers,  Inc. (the "NASD") a concession as it may determine but such
concession shall not exceed $___ price per Common Share.
    

     The Underwriting Agreement provides for reciprocal  indemnification between
the Company and the Underwriter  against certain  liabilities in connection with
the Registration Statement, including liabilities arising under the Act. Insofar
as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may be

                                       52

<PAGE>



provided to officers,  directors or persons controlling the Company, the Company
has been informed that, in the opinion of the Commission,  such  indemnification
is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

     The Company has agreed to pay to the Underwriter a non-accountable  expense
allowance  equal to 3% of the  aggregate  Offering  price of the  Common  Shares
offered hereby.

   
     The Company has agreed to sell to the Underwriter, or its designees, for an
aggregate  purchase  price of $100, a warrant (the  "Underwriter's  Warrant") to
purchase 140,000 Common Shares.  The Underwriter's  Warrant shall be exercisable
during a three year period  commencing  one year from the  Effective  Date.  Any
profits  realized upon the sale of the Common  Shares  issuable upon exercise of
the  Underwriter's   Warrant  may  be  deemed  to  be  additional   underwriting
compensation.  The exercise price of the Common Shares issuable upon exercise of
the  Underwriter's  Warrant shall be $7.50 per share (150% of the initial public
offering price of the Common  Shares).  The exercise price of the  Underwriter's
Warrant  and the  number  of  Common  Shares  covered  thereby  are  subject  to
adjustment  in  certain  events  to  prevent  dilution.  The sale,  transfer  or
hypothecation  of the  Underwriter's  Warrant is restricted  for a period of one
year  from the  effective  date of the  Registration  Statement  of  which  this
Prospectus is a part, except to officers of the Underwriter,  other NASD members
participating  in the Offering and their officers and partners.  For the life of
the Underwriter's Warrant, the holders thereof are given, at a nominal cost, the
opportunity  to profit from a rise in the market price of the  Company's  Common
Shares with a  resulting  dilution in the  interest of other  stockholders.  The
Company may find it more difficult to raise capital for its business if the need
should arise while the  Underwriter's  Warrant is outstanding.  At any time when
the holders of the  Underwriter's  Warrant might be expected to exercise it, the
Company would  probably be able to obtain  additional  capital on more favorable
terms. The Company has granted the Underwriter  certain "demand" and "piggyback"
registration rights with respect to the Underwriter's Warrant and the underlying
Common Shares.
    


     Additionally,  for a  period  of  three  years  following  the date of this
Prospectus,  the  Underwriter  has been  granted the right to purchase  from any
officer, director or holder of 5% or more of the Company's Common Shares, or any
of their respective affiliates (collectively,  the "Insiders"), for its account,
or to  sell  for  the  account  of any of such  Insiders,  any of the  Company's
securities  which the Insiders  propose to sell pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated
under  the  Act,  on terms at least as  favorable  as the  Insiders  can  secure
elsewhere.

   
     The Company has also agreed to have a designee of the Underwriter  serve as
a director of the Company,  or as an observer of the Board of  Directors,  for a
period of three years following the date of this Prospectus. See "Management."

     The  Insiders  and the Selling  Stockholder  have agreed that they will not
transfer any of their Common Shares for a period of two years following the date
of this Prospectus without the prior consent of the Underwriter. The Underwriter
has advised the Company  that it will not waive the transfer  restrictions  with
respect  to the  Selling  Stockholder  for 30 days  following  the  date of this
Prospectus,  and that in any  event,  it has no plans  to  waive  such  transfer
restriction prior to its expiration. However, the
    

                                       53

<PAGE>



Underwriter  has informed the Company that it may contemplate the waiver of such
transfer  restriction  in the  future if the sale of the  Selling  Stockholder's
Common  Shares  would  not have an  adverse  effect on the  market  price of the
Company's Common Shares and the market could sustain such sale. In addition, all
other persons who are holders of the Company's Common Shares  immediately  prior
to the date of this  Prospectus  have agreed that they will not  transfer  their
Common Shares for a period of six months  following the date of this Prospectus,
without  obtaining  the prior consent of the  Underwriter.  See  "Principal  and
Selling Stockholders."

   
     The  Company has agreed not to issue any  securities  for a period of three
years from the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of the
Underwriter (not to be unreasonably  withheld),  subject to certain  exceptions.
See "Description of Securities."
    

     The Underwriter, a registered broker-dealer, purchases and sells securities
on behalf of its customers.  The Underwriter also engages in investment  banking
activities and provides companies with financial advisory services.

   
     The Underwriter  does not intend to sell any of the Company's Common Shares
to accounts for which it exercises discretionary  authority. The Underwriter has
advised  the  Company  that  there  are no  plans,  proposals,  arrangements  or
understandings between it and the Selling Stockholder with respect to any future
transactions.
    

     The  foregoing  is a summary  of  certain  provisions  of the  Underwriting
Agreement  and  Underwriter's  Warrant  which have been filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

Determination of Public Offering Price

   
     Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no public  market  for the  Common
Shares.  The  initial  public  offering  price for the  Common  Shares  has been
determined by negotiations  between the Company and the  Underwriter.  Among the
factors considered in the negotiations were an analysis of the areas of activity
in which the Company is engaged,  the present state of the  Company's  business,
the Company's financial  condition,  the Company's  prospects,  an assessment of
management,  the general  condition of the securities market at the time of this
Offering and the demand for similar  securities  of  comparable  companies.  The
public offering price of the Shares does not necessarily  bear any  relationship
to assets,  earnings,  book value or other  criteria of value  applicable to the
Company.  See "Risk Factors - Arbitrary Offering Price;  Possible  Volatility of
Stock Price."

     The Company anticipates that the Common Shares will be listed for quotation
on the  Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market  under the symbol  "NCHE",  but there can be no
assurances  that an active trading  market will develop,  even if the securities
are  accepted for  quotation.  The  Underwriter  intends to make a market in the
Common Shares of the Company.
    



                                       54

<PAGE>




                                  LEGAL MATTERS

   
     The validity of the securities being offered hereby will be passed upon for
the Company by  Certilman  Balin Adler & Hyman,  LLP,  90 Merrick  Avenue,  East
Meadow,  New York 11554.  Certilman Balin Adler & Hyman, LLP  beneficially  owns
25,000 Common  Shares of the Company.  Certain legal matters will be passed upon
for the Underwriter by Caro & Graifman, P.C., 60 East 42nd Street, New York, New
York 10165.
    

                                     EXPERTS

   
     The financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 1996 and for the
years ended  December 31, 1996 and 1995  included in this  Prospectus  have been
audited by Moore Stephens,  P.C., 331 Madison Avenue,  New York, New York 10017,
independent  certified public accountants,  as set forth in their report thereon
appearing  elsewhere  herein and are included in reliance upon such report given
upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
    

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     This Prospectus  constitutes part of a Registration  Statement on Form SB-2
filed by the  Company  with  the  Commission  under  the Act and  omits  certain
information contained in the Registration Statement. Reference is hereby made to
the  Registration  Statement  and to its exhibits for further  information  with
respect  to the  Company  and  the  Common  Shares  offered  hereby.  Statements
contained herein concerning provisions of documents are necessarily summaries of
such documents,  and each statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the copy of the applicable document filed with the Commission.

     The  Registration  Statement,   including  the  exhibits  thereto,  may  be
inspected  without charge at the public reference  facilities  maintained by the
Commission at 450 Fifth Street,  Washington,  D.C. 20549,  and at the offices of
the Commission  located at 7 World Trade Center, New York, NY 10048 and Citicorp
Center,  500 West Madison  Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,  Illinois  60661-2511.
Copies of such material may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the
Commission  at 450 Fifth Street,  Washington,  D.C.  20549 at prescribed  rates.
Furthermore,  the  Commission  maintains a Web site that will  contain  reports,
proxy and information  statements and other  information  regarding the Company.
The address of such Web site is http://www.sec.gov.

                                    GLOSSARY

     As used in  this  Prospectus,  the  terms  set  forth  have  the  following
meanings:

amino  glycosides - bactericidal  antibiotics used primarily in the treatment of
gram negative infections.


                                       55

<PAGE>



aspartame - an  artificial  sweetener  (a compound  formed from two amino acids,
phenylalanine and aspartate, and methanol).

bioavailability  - an absolute term that indicates  measurement of both the rate
and total amount  (extent) of  supplement  or nutrient  that reaches the general
circulation from an administered dosage form.

cellulose  - a  fibrous  form  of  polysaccharide  constituting  the  supporting
framework of plant.

co-morbid - joint factor related to disease.

cofactor - the substance that activates an enzyme.

dentition - the process and time of teething.

distal - farthest  point of the medical line when  referencing  the anatomy of a
living organism..

diverticulosis - inflammation in the intestinal tract.

elemental  magnesium - the absolute amount of the mineral magnesium contained in
the salt  presentation  (e.g.  the  amount  of  magnesium  cation  in  magnesium
L-lactate dihydrate).

enteral - within or by way of the intestine.

enteric - pertaining to the intestinal tract.

enzymatic reaction - a catalytic reaction produced by living cells.

epidemiological - pertaining to the study of infectious disease.

ethical  pharmaceutical  -  refers  to  pharmaceuticals  that are  dependent  on
healthcare professionals' recommendation or prescription for use.

glycemic- condition of sugar or glucose in the blood.

guar - a legume.

gum - any resinlike substance given off by plants.

hemicellulose - a  polysaccharide  that is  intermediate  in complexity  between
sugar and cellulose.

intracellular  cation -  magnesium,  potassium,  calcium and sodium are the four
major   cations  or   positively   charged  ions  in  fluids.   Their   relative
concentrations determine the integrity of the cell

                                       56

<PAGE>



membrane  and the  electrical  potential  of tissues.  All of the  cations  work
together to maintain proper cell function.

lignin - a polymer  that  functions  as a natural  binder  and  support  for the
cellulose fiber of woody plants.

lipid - fats that are insoluble in water.

magnesium  L-lactate  dihydrate- a highly soluble  magnesium salt containing 10%
elemental  magnesium  by weight (e.g.  850  milligrams  of  magnesium  L-lactate
dihydrate contains 84 milligrams of elemental magnesium).

metabolic  electrolyte  -  electrically  conducting  ions,  i.e.  negatively  or
positively  charged  atoms,  that are  associated  with the chemical  process of
maintaining life.

myocardial infarction - development of an area of necrotic tissue in the heart.

naso-gastric -  the area between the nasal cavity and the stomach.

nutraceutical - pertaining to nutritional supplements.

pectin - a plant carbohydrate that forms a gelatinous mass.

pentogens - any one of a group of complex  carbohydrates found with cellulose in
many  woody  plants  and  yielding  pentoses,   i.e.  five-carbon  sugars,  upon
hydrolysis.

pharmaceutical  - an oral,  injectable,  liquid,  or  topical  dosage  form of a
chemical entity dispensed by healthcare professionals.

pharmacologic  - the activity of a supplement  or nutrient  which will produce a
physiologic or qualitatively different effect in a living organism.

physiologic  - the dose of a  naturally  occurring  agent,  within  the range of
concentrations or potencies that would occur naturally, capable of affecting the
activity, functions, and/or processes of a living organism.

polysaccharide - a carbohydrate consisting of a polymer of simple sugars, which,
as a dietary or nutritional supplement,  is capable of affecting the activities,
functions, and/or processes of a living organism.

prophylaxis - the preventive treatment of disease.

renal - pertaining to, or in the region of, the kidneys.

                                       57

<PAGE>



serum - the liquid portion of whole blood.

ventricular arrhythmias - an irregularity of the heart's action affecting one of
the lower chambers of the heart, which propel blood into the arteries.


                                       58

<PAGE>



NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


INDEX
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<TABLE>

                                                                                                         Page to Page

<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                                     <C>       
Independent Auditor's Report..........................................................................  F-1.........

   
Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1997 [Unaudited] and
December 31, 1996.....................................................................................  F-2......... F-3

Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 1997
and 1996 [Unaudited] and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995...............................  F-4.........

Statements  of  Stockholders'  [Deficit]  for the six months ended June 30, 1997
[Unaudited] and for the years ended December 31, 1996
and 1995..............................................................................................  F-5...........

Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and
1996 [Unaudited] and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995...................................  F-6......... F-7

Notes to Financial Statements.........................................................................  F-8.........F-19
    


</TABLE>


                          . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


<PAGE>



                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
        Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
        Roanoke, Texas


   
     We have audited the  accompanying  balance sheet of Niche  Pharmaceuticals,
Inc.  as of  December  31,  1996,  and the  related  statements  of  operations,
stockholders'  [deficit], and cash flows for each of the two years in the period
ended December 31, 1996. These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of
the Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
    

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   
     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Niche Pharmaceuticals,  Inc.
as of December 31, 1996,  and the results of its  operations  and its cash flows
for each of the two years in the period ended  December 31, 1996,  in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

     The accompanying  financial statements have been prepared assuming that the
Company will continue as a going concern.  As shown in the financial  statements
and as discussed in Note 3 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered
recurring  losses since its  inception in 1991;  has an  accumulated  deficit of
$1,117,600 and a working capital deficit of $623,244 at December 31, 1996. These
conditions raise  substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a
going  concern.  Management's  plans in regard to these matters are described in
Note 3. The  financial  statements  do not  include any  adjustments  that might
result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
    





                                              MOORE STEPHENS, P.C.
                                              Certified Public Accountants.

   
New York, New York 
August 5, 1997 except for Notes 
16H and 16I as to which dates
are September 1, 1997 and 
September 10, 1997 respectively
    


                                       F-1


<PAGE>



NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BALANCE SHEETS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>

   
                                                                                               June 30,           December 31,
                                                                                                1 9 9 7              1 9 9 6
                                                                                              [Unaudited]
Assets:
Current Assets: 
        <S>                                                                                        <C>                 <C>      
        Cash                                                                               $         51,767    $        60,956
        Accounts Receivable (net of allowance for discounts
          of $1,820 and $7,279, respectively)                                                       111,012            115,413
        Inventory                                                                                   157,106            270,289
        Other Current Assets                                                                          2,475               ---
                                                                                                      -----            -------

        Total Current Assets                                                                        322,360            446,658
                                                                                                    -------            -------

Property and Equipment - Net                                                                         17,807             20,051
                                                                                                     ------             ------

Other Assets:
        Intangible Assets - Net                                                                     981,032          1,033,399
        Deferred Financing Costs                                                                    179,050            382,470
        Miscellaneous Receivable and Deposit                                                            540              1,665
                                                                                               -------------     --------------

        Total Other Assets                                                                        1,160,622          1,417,534
                                                                                                  ---------          ---------

        Total Assets                                                                       $      1,500,789    $     1,884,243
                                                                                                  =========          =========
    


Substantially all assets are pledged.
</TABLE>



   The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of these Financial Statements.

                                       F-2

<PAGE>



NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BALANCE SHEETS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                           
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                     
                                                                                                  June 30,           December 31,
                                                                                                  1 9 9 7              1 9 9 6
                                                                                                [Unaudited]

   
Liabilities and Stockholders' [Deficit]:
Current Liabilities: 
        <S>                                                                                        <C>                 <C>       
        Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses                                              $        247,885    $       427,239
        Note Payable - Line of Credit - Related Party                                               122,130                 --
        Note Payable - Bank                                                                         300,000            300,000
        Current Portion of Long-Term Debt                                                            48,161             42,663
        Notes Payable - Product Acquisition and Financing                                           250,000            200,000
        Notes Payable - Bridge Financing                                                            100,000            100,000
                                                                                                   ---------           -------

        Total Current Liabilities                                                                 1,068,176          1,069,902
                                                                                                  ---------          ---------

Long-Term Liabilities:
        Long-Term Debt - Less Current Maturities                                                     37,325             61,016
        Note Payable - Product Acquisition and Financing                                            765,294            961,926
        Notes Payable - Stockholders                                                                407,987            407,987
                                                                                                    -------            -------

        Total Long-Term Liabilities                                                               1,210,606          1,430,929
                                                                                                  ---------          ---------
    

Commitments and Contingencies [14]                                                                   --                   --
                                                                                                   --------          ---------

   
Stockholders' [Deficit]:
        Preferred Stock, $.01 Par Value, 2,000,000 Shares Authorized,
          No Shares Issued and Outstanding                                                               --                 --

        Common Stock, $.00105 Par Value, 15,000,000 Shares
          Authorized; Issued and Outstanding 1,174,227 Shares at
          June 30, 1997 and 1,101,500 Shares at December 31, 1996                                     1,234              1,157

        Additional Paid-in Capital                                                                  738,378            499,855

        Accumulated [Deficit]                                                                    (1,517,605)        (1,117,600)
                                                                                                 ----------         ----------

        Total Stockholders' [Deficit]                                                              (777,993)          (616,588)
                                                                                                   --------           --------

        Total Liabilities and Stockholders' [Deficit]                                      $      1,500,789    $     1,884,243
                                                                                                  =========          =========




</TABLE>


   The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of these Financial Statements.
    

                                       F-3

<PAGE>



NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


   
                                                              Six months ended                         Years ended
                                                                 June 30,                              December 31,
                                                         1 9 9 7            1 9 9 6             1 9 9 6              1 9 9 5
                                                         -------            -------             -------              -------
                                                       [Unaudited]        [Unaudited]
    

      Revenues:
        <S>                                                 <C>                 <C>                <C>                 <C>     
   
        Sales - Net                                 $       469,514     $       533,276    $      1,127,316    $       540,121
        Other Revenues                                        -                   --                  --                66,147
                                                           ---------            -------           ---------           --------
          Total Revenues                                    469,514             533,276           1,127,316            606,268

        Cost of Sales                                       155,529             195,983             398,815            183,146
                                                            -------             -------             -------            -------

          Gross Profit                                      313,985             337,293             728,501            423,122


        Selling, General and Admin-
          istrative Expenses                                398,841             358,487           1,002,459            334,941
                                                            -------             -------           ---------            -------

          Income (Loss) from Operations                     (84,856)            (21,194)           (273,958)            88,181
                                                            -------             -------            ---------            ------

        Other [Expense] Income:
          Interest Expense                                 (101,020)           (102,976)           (203,935)           (91,800)
          Amortization of Deferred
            Financing Costs                                (203,420)                 --             (24,530)                --
          Amortization of Debt Issue
            Costs                                           (10,730)                 --                  --                 --
          Interest Income                                        21               1,914               2,784              2,616
                                                           ---------            --------            --------            -------

          Other [Expense]                                  (315,149)           (101,062)           (225,681)           (89,184)
                                                           --------            --------            --------            -------

          Net [Loss]                                $      (400,005)    $      (122,256)   $       (499,639)       $    (1,003)
                                                          ==========          ===========        ============         ==========

          Net [Loss] Per Share                      $          (.36)    $           (.11)  $            (.45)      $       --
                                                         ===========         ============         ===========         ==========

          Weighted Average Number of
          Shares                                          1,101,904           1,101,500           1,101,500           1,101,500
                                                          =========           =========           =========           =========
    

</TABLE>


   
     The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of these Financial  Statements.
    


                                       F-4



<PAGE>


NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' [DEFICIT]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   
                                                 Common Stock              Additional                              Total
                                         Number of         Par Value         Paid-in          Accumulated       Stockholders'
                                          Shares           [$.00105]         Capital           [Deficit]          [Deficit]
                                          ------                             -------            -------            ------- 

  Balance - January 1,
   <S>                                  <C>               <C>              <C>                <C>                <C>            
   1995                                 977,500   $        1,026   $        54,974    $     (616,958)    $     (560,958)
    

   Stock Issuance                        22,500               24            44,976                --             45,000

   Net [Loss]                                --               --                --            (1,003)            (1,003)
                                       --------            -------          -------            ------             ------

Balance - December 31,
   1995                               1,000,000            1,050            99,950          (617,961)          (516,961)

   
   Stock Issuance -
      Bridge Financing                  100,000              105           399,895                --            400,000

   Other Stock Issuance                   1,500                2                10                --                 12

   Net [Loss]                                --               --                --          (499,639)          (499,639)
                                       --------           -------           -------          --------           --------

Balance - December 31,
   1996                               1,101,500            1,157           499,855        (1,117,600)          (616,588)

   Deferred Debt Expense
      Incurred on Note
      Payable - Line of
      Credit - Related Party            --               --                 38,600             --                38,600

   Common Stock Issued
      in Payment of Install-
      ment Due on Note
      Payable - Product
      Acquisition and
      Financing                          72,727               77           199,923                --            200,000

   Net [Loss]                          ---------           -------         -------          (400,005)          (400,005)
                                                                                            --------           --------

Balance - June 30,
   1997 [Unaudited]                   1,174,227   $        1,234   $       738,378    $   (1,517,605)    $     (777,993)
                                      =========            =====           =======        ==========     =     ========


   The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of these Financial Statements.
    
</TABLE>

                                       F-5

<PAGE>
NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
   
<CAPTION>
                                                            Six months ended                           Years ended
                                                                 June 30,                              December 31,
                                                         1 9 9 7            1 9 9 6             1 9 9 6              1 9 9 5
                                                         -------            -------             -------              -------
                                                       [Unaudited]        [Unaudited]
Operating Activities:
        <S>                                              <C>                 <C>               <C>                <C>             
        Net Loss                                    $    (400,005)    $     (122,256)   $      (499,639)   $        (1,003)
                                                          --------          ---------          --------              ------
        Adjustments  to  Reconcile  
          Net Loss to Net Cash [Used for]  Provided by
          Operating Activities:
          Depreciation and Amortization                    258,031            56,058             136,619             51,626
          Amortization of Imputed Interest
            Discount                                        53,368            57,250             115,146             18,845
          Amortization - Deferred Debt
            Discount                                        10,730              --                  --                 --
          Reserve for Discounts                              6,585             1,572               7,279               --
          Write-off of Deferred Offering Costs                --                --               130,053               --

        Changes in Assets and Liabilities:
          [Increase] Decrease in:
            Accounts Receivable                             (2,184)            (47,262)          (38,036)           (61,139)
            Inventory                                      113,183              29,400          (164,888)           (94,514)
            Other Current Assets                            (2,475)                 --               --                 --
            Other Assets                                     1,125              (1,055)            4,363             (5,488)
          Increase [Decrease] in:
            Accounts Payable and Accrued
               Expenses                                   (179,354)             46,965           320,215              2,516
                                                           --------              ------          -------              -----
          Total Adjustments                                259,009             142,928           510,751            (88,154)
                                                           -------             -------           -------            --------
        Net Cash - Operating Activities                   (140,996)             20,672            11,112            (89,157)
                                                          ---------             ------            ------            -------
Investing Activities:
        Purchases of Property and
          Equipment                                             --              (1,168)           (5,186)           (14,745)
        Payment for Purchases of Intangible
          Assets                                                --                --                  --            (59,469)
                                                            ------              ------             -----            --------
        Net Cash - Investing Activities                         --              (1,168)           (5,186)           (74,214)
                                                            ------              ------             ------            -------
Financing Activities:
        Principal Payments on Long-Term
          Debt                                              (18,193)           (22,673)          (40,382)           (35,381)
        Proceeds of Notes Payable - Line
          of Credit - Related Party                         150,000               --                  --                 --
        Principal Payments on Notes Payable -
          Stockholders                                           --            (39,258)          (57,378)           (33,974)
        Proceeds of Note Payable - Bank                          --               --                  --            300,000
        Proceeds from Bridge Loan                                --               --             100,000                 --
        Repayment of Stockholders' Loans                         --               --                  --            (14,300)
        Proceeds from Issuance of Common Stock                   --               --                  --             45,000
        Payment for Deferred Offering Costs                      --               --             (96,982)                --
        Payments of Deferred Financing
          Costs                                                  --               --              (7,000)                --
                                                            -------             ------            ------            -------

        Net Cash - Financing Activities                     131,807            (61,931)         (101,742)           261,345
                                                            -------            -------          ---------           -------

        Net [Decrease] Increase in Cash                      (9,189)           (42,427)          (95,816)            97,974

Cash - Beginning of Periods                                  60,956            156,772           156,772             58,798
                                                             ------            -------           -------             ------
        Cash - End of Periods                       $        51,767     $      114,345    $       60,956      $     156,772
                                                             ======            =======            ======            =======

   The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of these Financial Statements.
    
</TABLE>
                                       F-6
<PAGE>
NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                            Six months ended                           Years ended
                                                                 June 30,                              December 31,
                                                         1 9 9 7            1 9 9 6             1 9 9 6              1 9 9 5
                                                         -------            -------             -------              -------
                                                       [Unaudited]        [Unaudited]
    
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
        <S>                                             <C>             <C>                 <C>                 <C> 
   
        Cash paid during the periods for:
          Interest                                  $        58,146     $        34,236    $         55,921    $        96,046
</TABLE>
    

Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:

     The Company  purchased the rights,  title and interest in a  pharmaceutical
product [See Note 4]. In connection with the purchase, the Company paid $200,000
during 1995 and assumed an obligation discounted to its net present value at the
date of  acquisition of $1,227,935  [net of discount of $472,065].  The $200,000
paid at closing  was used to  purchase  inventory  and a portion  of  intangible
assets.

   
     The Company  issued  100,000  shares of common stock during 1996 in partial
exchange  for the  bridge  financing.  The  value  assigned  to these  shares is
reflected as $105 of common stock and $399,895 of additional paid-in capital.

     In January 1997, in further  consideration  of $150,000 of a line of credit
extended by a related  party,  the Company  issued  warrants to purchase  30,000
shares of the Company's  stock at $6.00 per share.  The value of these  warrants
($38,600)  has been  recorded  as debt  issue  cost by the  Company  and will be
amortized over the lives of the notes payable issued under the line of credit.

     The  Company  issued  72,727  shares  of  common  stock  in  payment  of an
installment,  in the amount of $200,000,  due under the notes  payable - product
acquisition and financing.













   The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of these Financial Statements.
    
                                       F-7

<PAGE>
NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   
[Information  as of and for the six  months  ended  June  30,  1997  and 1996 is
Unaudited]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
[1] Principles of Organization and Business

Niche  Pharmaceuticals,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  [the  "Company"],  was
incorporated  pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware on October 14, 1996.
The Company is the successor to Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Texas corporation
["Niche Pharmaceuticals - Texas"] which was incorporated pursuant to the laws of
the  State  of  Texas in  1991.  The  Company  was  organized  to  enable  Niche
Pharmaceuticals  - Texas to merge with and into the Company in November  1996 in
order to effectuate a reincorporation in the State of Delaware.  Pursuant to the
terms of the  merger,  the  Company  effectuated  a 1.25 to 1 stock split of all
shares of common stock on the date of merger.  These  financial  statements have
been prepared giving retroactive effect to the merger.
   
The  Company   manufactures,   through  contract   manufacturers,   markets  and
distributes non-prescription pharmaceutical and nutraceutical dietary supplement
products   throughout  the  entire  United  States.   The   pharmaceutical   and
nutraceutical  industry is characterized by extensive  research  efforts,  rapid
technological  progress  and  intense  competition.  There are many  public  and
private  companies,  engaged in  developing  and marketing  pharmaceuticals  and
nutraceuticals, that represent significant competition to the Company.
    
[2] Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

[A] Use of Estimates - The  preparation  of financial  statements  in conformity
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets and
liabilities,  the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the  financial  statements,  and the  reported  amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

[B]  Economic  Dependency  - The  Company  has  an  exclusive  agreement  with a
pharmaceutical manufacturer and distributor for the manufacture and packaging of
one of its products.  The initial term of the agreement expires in July 1997 and
is automatically  renewable for successive two year terms, unless written notice
of  termination  is  given by  either  party  at  least  one  year  prior to the
expiration  of the initial or a  successive  term.  Neither  party has given any
notice of  termination.  Accordingly,  the expiration date of this agreement has
been  extended to July 1999.  The terms of this  agreement  provide that, in the
event  of  early  termination  by  such   manufacturer  and  distributor,   such
manufacturer and distributor will, at the Company's request, provide the Company
with a supply of up to the total  amount of product  purchased by the Company in
the previous year. If the  relationship  with such  manufacturer and distributor
were to cease, the Company believes,  but cannot assure, that it will be able to
engage an  alternative  manufacturer  on comparable  terms to such  agreement to
manufacture such product at comparable levels.
   
The Company's other product was being  manufactured by another  manufacturer and
distributor,  pursuant  to an  agreement  which  expired on December  31,  1996.
Pursuant to such agreement,  the  manufacturer  and distributor was obligated to
manufacture this product in sufficient  quantity to meet the Company's projected
sales needs,  which the Company  estimates to be  approximately  $1,000,000  for
1997. See note 16[H].

The Company  earned a substantial  portion of its revenues  from four  customers
during each of the years ended  December 31, 1996 and 1995.  Revenues from these
customers were approximately 28%, 15%, 14% and 14% ($316,000, $169,000, $158,000
and $158,000, respectively) of operating revenues in 1996, and 25%, 16%, 13% and
13% ($135,000, $86,000, $70,000 and $70,000, respectively) of operating revenues
in 1995,  exclusive of amounts  received in settlement with a supplier [See Note
14]. Amounts included in accounts  receivable from these customers were $37,107,
$1,696,  $10,319 and $18,539 at December 31, 1996.  The loss of any one of these
customers may have a substantial adverse effect on the Company.
    
                                       F-8

<PAGE>
NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #2
[Information  as of and for the six  months  ended  June  30,  1997  and 1996 is
Unaudited]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[2] Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Continued]

[C]  Concentration  of Credit Risk - The Company extends credit to its customers
which  results  in  accounts   receivable   arising  from  its  normal  business
activities.  The Company does not require  collateral  from its  customers,  but
routinely  assesses the  financial  strength of the  customers  and,  based upon
factors  surrounding  the  credit  risk  of the  customers,  believes  that  its
receivable  credit  risk  exposure is limited.  Such  estimate of the  financial
strength of the customers may be subject to change in the near term.

[D] Inventories - Inventories,  which consist solely of finished  products,  are
stated at the  lower of cost or  market.  Cost is  determined  on the  first-in,
first-out [FIFO] method.

[E]  Property  and  Equipment - Property  and  equipment  are  recorded at cost.
Expenditures  for normal  repairs  and  maintenance  are  charged to earnings as
incurred.  When assets are retired or  otherwise  disposed  of,  their costs and
related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting
gains or losses are included in operations.  Depreciation  and  amortization are
recorded using the straight-line  method over the shorter of the estimated lives
of the related asset or the remaining lease term.  Estimated useful lives are as
follows:

Office Equipment                                                   5-7 Years
Computer Equipment                                                   5 Years
Furniture and Fixtures                                             5-7 Years
Leasehold Improvements                                               5 Years

   
[F] Intangibles - Intangibles  include  contract  rights,  trademarks,  patents,
educational materials,  clinical data, covenants-not-to compete and organization
costs.  Amortization  of  intangibles is being  recognized by the  straight-line
method  based upon the  economic  lives of the assets.  The Company  continually
reevaluates  the carrying  values of these  assets,  by reviewing  the estimated
useful lives to  determine  whether  current  events and  circumstances  warrant
adjustments to the carrying  value and estimates of useful lives.  At this time,
the Company believes that no impairment of these assets has occurred and that no
reduction of the estimated useful lives is warranted. Estimated useful lives are
as follows:
    
Contract Rights                                                      15 Years
Trademarks                                                        10-15 Years
Patent                                                               17 Years
Educational Materials, Clinical Data and
        Covenant-not-to Compete                                       7 Years
Organization Costs                                                    5 Years
   
[G]  Deferred  Financing  Costs  -  Deferred  financing  costs  represent  costs
associated with the bridge loan financing [Note 10] and are being amortized over
the life of the bridge loan.

[H] Deferred Offering Costs - These costs represent legal and accounting fees in
connection  with the proposed  public  offering of the  Company's  common stock.
These costs will be charged to additional paid-in capital upon completion of the
proposed public offering. If the offering is not completed,  these costs will be
expensed.

[I] Earnings  Per Share - Earnings  per share are based on the weighted  average
number of shares  outstanding for each period presented and includes the 100,000
shares issued in the bridge  financing for all periods  presented [See Note 10].
Certain  shares or  equivalents  issued  within a one year  period  prior to the
initial filing of the initial public offering of the registration  statement are
treated as outstanding for all periods presented.
    

                                       F-9

<PAGE>
NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #3
[Information  as of and for the six  months  ended  June  30,  1997  and 1996 is
Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[2] Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Continued]

   
[J]  Advertising and Marketing - Advertising  and marketing  expense,  primarily
comprised of print media  distributed  to current and  potential  customers,  is
expensed as incurred.  Advertising and marketing expense amounted to $66,942 and
$40,397 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

[K] Stock  Options  and Similar  Equity  Instruments  Issued to  Employees - The
Company  uses the  intrinsic  value  method to  recognize  compensation  expense
related to stock  options and similar  equity  instruments  issued to employees,
which is based on the  difference  between the fair  market  value of the common
stock and the exercise  price at the grant date in  accordance  with  Accounting
Principles Board ("APB") No. 25. The Company accounts for all  transactions,  in
which equity instruments are issued to non-employees pursuant to the acquisition
of goods or services, based upon the fair value of the consideration received or
the fair value of the equity  instrument  issued whichever is more reliable,  in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 123.

[L] Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents  - The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid
investments  with  maturities of three months or less when  purchased to be cash
equivalents. The Company had no cash equivalents at December 31, 1996.
    
[3] Going Concern
   
The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been prepared in conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles which contemplates  continuation of the
Company as a going concern,  and the realization of assets and the  satisfaction
of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business.  As of December
31, 1996,  the Company had an  accumulated  deficit of $1,117,600  and a working
capital deficit of $623,244.

The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent  upon the
success of the Company's  marketing efforts and its ability to obtain sufficient
funding to continue operations. The Company has been funded through December 31,
1996 by loans from its  principal  stockholders,  bridge  financing  and through
third party debt which has been  guaranteed by various  stockholders  and by the
sale of stock [See Notes 7, 8, 9 and 10].  The  ability of the Company to effect
its transition, ultimately, to profitable operations is dependent upon obtaining
adequate financing and achieving an increase in revenues.  Additionally  certain
selling,  general  and  administrative  costs will be  reduced.  The Company has
acquired  products that have proven market  acceptance and  management  plans to
increase revenues by substantially  increasing its marketing  activities both in
and  outside  the United  States.  Management  believes  that these plans can be
effectively  implemented  in the next twelve  months.  There can be no assurance
that management will be successful in these endeavors.  The Company's ability to
continue as a going  concern is dependent on the  implementation  and success of
these plans.  The  financial  statements do not include any  adjustments  in the
event the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.
    
[4] Product Acquisition and Financing
   
On  October  17,  1995,  pursuant  to  an  agreement  between  a  pharmaceutical
manufacturer  and the  Company,  the Company  purchased  all  rights,  title and
interest to a product  manufactured by such  pharmaceutical  manufacturer.  Such
agreement  requires the Company to pay the greater of  $1,700,000  [$200,000 was
paid at the date of acquisition] or 20% of the annual product sales payable over
a five year  installment  period  with a maximum  payment  of  $3,000,000.  Such
installment  plan did not  include a stated  rate of  interest;  therefore,  the
payments were  discounted to a net present value of $1,227,935  using an imputed
interest  rate of 11% which  resulted  in a discount  of  $472,065  that will be
amortized over the life of the agreement  using the effective  interest  method.
The note is guaranteed by the principal stockholder of the Company.
    
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #4
[Information  as of and for the six  months  ended  June  30,  1997  and 1996 is
Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
[4] Product Acquisition [Continued]

The  following  is a summary of the minimum  payments  required to be made on or
before March 31 of each year indicated below under this agreement as of December
31, 1996:

Years Ending December 31,                                   Minimum Payment Due
                     1997                                      $     200,000
                     1998                                            250,000
                     1999                                            300,000
                     2000                                            350,000
                     2001                                            400,000
                                                                      -------
        Total                                                       1,500,000
        Less: Unamortized Discounts                                   338,074

          Net Present Value Due                                $    1,161,926
          ---------------------                                     =========
    
The cost of this product was allocated to the following assets:

        Asset                                                     Amount

Inventory                                                   $      140,531
Trademark                                                          300,000
Educational Materials                                               50,000
Clinical Data                                                      200,000
Covenant-not-to Compete                                            100,000
Contract Rights                                                    437,404
                                                                   -------

        Total                                               $    1,227,935
        -----                                                    =========
   
Interest  expense from discount  amortization  amounted to $115,146 for the year
ended December 31, 1996.
    
[5] Property and Equipment
   
Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31, 1996:

Furniture and Fixtures                                         $       26,018
Machinery and Equipment                                                20,051
Leasehold Improvements                                                  5,938
                                                                        -----

Total at Cost                                                          52,007
Less:  Accumulated Depreciation                                        31,956

        Net                                                    $       20,051
        ---                                                            ======

Depreciation  expense for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 amounted to
$5,321 and $5,250, respectively.
    
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #5
[Information  as of and for the six  months  ended  June  30,  1997  and 1996 is
Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[6] Intangibles
   
Intangibles consist of the following at December 31, 1996:
    
                                                                 Original Cost
   
Contract Rights                                                $      442,404
Organizational Costs                                                  122,039
Patents                                                                84,000
Trademarks                                                            303,000
Educational Material                                                   50,000
Clinical Data                                                         200,000
Covenant-not-to Compete                                               100,000
                                                                      -------
Total at Cost                                                       1,301,443
Less:  Accumulated Amortization                                       268,044
                                                                      -------

        Net                                                    $    1,033,399
        ---                                                         =========

Amortization expense for these intangibles for the years ended December 31, 1996
and 1995 amounted to $106,767 and $46,376, respectively.
    
[7] Long-Term Debt
   
Long-term  debt consists of a note payable to a bank, in the original  principal
amount of $250,000 payable with interest currently  calculated at the prime rate
plus  2.25%  [10.5% at  December  31,  1996].  Such  interest  rate is  adjusted
annually.  The amount due is payable in monthly  installments  of  approximately
$4,400  including  principal  and  interest  through  April  1999.  The  note is
collateralized by the Company's accounts receivable, inventory, working capital,
intangibles  and  the  common  shares  of the  Company  held  by  its  principal
stockholder.  In  addition,  the  repayment  of the  note is  guaranteed  by the
Company's  principal  stockholder  and,  in part,  by the  United  States  Small
Business  Administration.  Note Payable - Bank and Notes Payable -  Stockholders
[See Notes 8 and 9] are subordinated to this debt.

Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 1996:

Total Long-Term Debt                                           $      103,679
Less: Current Portion                                                  42,663
                                                                       ------
    
        Total                                                  $       61,016
        -----                                                          ======
   
At December 31, 1996, aggregate maturities of long-term debt are as follows:
    
Year Ending                                                          Amount
December 31,
        1997                                                   $       42,663
        1998                                                           48,683
        1999                                                           12,333
                                                                       ------

        Total                                                  $      103,679
        -----                                                         =======
   
Interest expense on this debt for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 was
$16,196 and $17,747, respectively.
    
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #6
   
[Information  as of and for the six  months  ended  June  30,  1997  and 1996 is
Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
[8] Note Payable - Bank
   
Pursuant to an agreement dated October 11, 1995 and renewed on October 11, 1996,
the Company borrowed $300,000 from a bank, evidenced by a note payable. The note
bears interest at the bank's prime rate plus 1% [calculated at 9.25% at December
31,  1996].  Interest is due quarterly and the note matures on October 11, 1997.
The note payable is unsecured and  guaranteed  by a stockholder  of the Company.
The stockholders'  notes payable are subordinated to this debt. Interest expense
on this note for the year ended  December  31, 1996 was  $27,357.  The  weighted
average interest rate at December 31, 1996 on this short-term debt was 9.44%.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

[9[ Notes Payable - Stockholders                                                            December 31,
                                                                                            ------------
                                                                                              1 9 9 6
<S>                                                                                           <C> 
Unsecured note to stockholder,  interest at 10% per annum, made January 11, 1991
in the original amount of $500,000,  due January 11, 1999 with automatic renewal
of one year periods until written  notice of  termination at least 30 days prior
to the end of the initial or any renewal term.                                               $295,487

Unsecured note to stockholder, interest at 10% per annum, made December 10, 1991
in the  original  amount of $37,500,  due January 10, 1999,  unless  accelerated
pursuant to the terms of the agreement.                                                        37,500

Unsecured note to stockholder, interest at 10% per annum, made December 10, 1991
in the  original  amount of $37,500,  due January 10, 1999,  unless  accelerated
pursuant to the terms of the agreement.                                                        37,500

Unsecured note to stockholder, interest at 10% per annum, made December 10, 1991
in the  original  amount of $37,500,  due January 10, 1999,  unless  accelerated
pursuant to the terms of the agreement.                                                        37,500
                                                                                               ------
        Total Notes Payable - Long-Term                                                      $407,987
        -------------------------------                                                      ========
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1996, aggregate maturities of notes payable - stockholders is as
follows:

Year Ending
December 31,
        1997                             $            --
        1998                                          --
        1999                                     407,987
                                                 -------

          Total                          $       407,987
          -----                                  =======
    
These notes are subordinated to the note payable - bank [See Note 8].
   
Interest expense on the notes for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 was
$43,923 and $48,608, respectively.
    
[10] Bridge Loan
   
In December 1996, the Company borrowed  $100,000 in a bridge loan financing from
unaffiliated  persons at the rate of 10% simple annual interest.  Such loans are
to be repaid the first  anniversary date of the bridge loan closing.  In further
consideration  of the bridge loan,  the Company  issued 100,000 shares of common
stock.  The  fair  value  of  the  common  stock  at the  date  of  issuance  of
approximately  $400,000 plus a placement fee of $7,000 is recorded as a deferred
financing  cost and is being  amortized  over the  estimated  life of the  debt.
Amortization  of deferred  financing  costs  totaled  $24,530 for the year ended
December 31, 1996.
    
                                      F-13

<PAGE>
NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #7
   
[Information  as of and for the six  months  ended  June  30,  1997  and 1996 is
Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[11] Fair Value of Financial In struments

Generally accepted  accounting  principles require disclosing the fair value, to
the extent  practicable,  for  financial  instruments  which are  recognized  or
unrecognized in the balance sheet.  The fair value of the financial  instruments
disclosed therein is not necessarily  representative of the amount that could be
realized  or  settled,   nor  does  the  fair  value  amount  consider  the  tax
consequences of realization on settlement.  For certain  financial  instruments,
including  cash,  accounts  receivable,  payables and accrued  expenses,  it was
estimated  that the carrying value  approximates  fair value because of the near
term maturities of such obligations.  Management believes that the fair value of
the Company's stockholders' debt approximates its carrying value. The fair value
of the product  financing,  long-term  debt and notes payable - bank is based on
current  rates at which the  Company  could  borrow  funds at similar  rates and
maturities. The carrying value of long-term debt approximates fair value.
    
[12] Income Taxes
   
For  financial  reporting  purposes,  at December 31, 1996,  the Company has net
operating loss carryforwards of $945,000 expiring by 2011.

The expiration dates of net operating loss carryforwards are as follows:
    
    December 31,                                                         Amount
   
        2006                                                     $       114,000
        2007                                                             289,000
        2008                                                             126,000
        2009                                                              52,000
        2010                                                              14,000
        2011                                                             350,000
                                                                         -------

        Total                                                    $       945,000
        -----                                                            =======

A deferred tax asset arising  primarily  from the benefits of net operating loss
carryforwards  of  approximately  $321,000 is offset by an allowance of $321,000
due to the uncertainty of its ultimate realization.
    
[13] Stockholders'  Deficiency
   
The  Company  originally  sold  20,000  shares of stock at $5 per share  [50,000
shares as adjusted  for stock splits - 27,500 in 1994 and 22,500 in 1995] during
the period November 1, 1994 through March 31, 1995 in a private placement.
    
During 1994, the Board of Directors  declared a 3.8 to 1 split. In addition,  in
February  1996,  the  Board  of  Directors  declared  a 2 to 1 stock  split  for
stockholders  of record.  In  addition,  as part of the  reincorporation  of the
Company in Delaware,  the Company also  effectuated a 1.25 to 1 stock split. The
financial statements have been retroactively  restated to reflect all such stock
splits which reduced the par value of the Company's shares from $.01 to $.00105.

Preferred Shares - Pursuant to the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation  [the
"Certificate of Incorporation"], preferred stock may be issued by the Company in
the  future  without  stockholder  approval  and upon such terms as the Board of
Directors may determine.  The rights of holders of common shares will be subject
to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any preferred
shares that may be issued in the future.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #8
[Information  as of and for the six  months  ended  June  30,  1997  and 1996 is
Unaudited]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[14] Commitments and Contingencies

   
[A] The Company reached a settlement in its lawsuit with a supplier in which the
Company sought  recovery from such supplier for damages it sustained as a result
of conduct on the part of such supplier  pertaining to one of its products.  The
Company received net proceeds of $66,147 during 1995 and agreed to terminate all
litigation  in return.  Such  amount has been  included  in revenue for the year
ended December 31, 1995.

[B] Other Related Party  Transactions  [Lease of premises] - The Company  leased
its office and warehouse  space on a month to month basis from its president and
principal  stockholder through September 1996. Rental expense for the office and
warehouse  for the  years  ended  December  31,  1996 and 1995 was  $20,273  and
$16,749, respectively.

In September  1996,  the  principal  stockholder  sold the office and  warehouse
premises to a third party.  Effective September 1996, the Company entered into a
five (5) year  noncancelable  operating  lease  with the new  owners of the same
premises.  The lease, which expires in August of 2001, requires an annual rental
of $24,000 for the first year, with annual increases of $2,400 each year for the
next three (3) years. The Company has the option to renew the lease for a period
of up to five (5) years at a monthly rental of $2,600. The Company pays property
taxes, insurance, utilities and certain repairs related to the leased property.

Future minimum rental payments under the above and another  noncancelable  lease
as of December 31, 1996 are as follows:

Years ending                                                              Amount
December 31,
        1997                                                     $        37,300
        1998                                                              42,200
        1999                                                              32,100
        2000                                                              31,200
        2001                                                              20,800
                                                                          ------

        Total                                                    $       163,600
        -----                                                            =======

[C] Other  Commitments - The Company leases  equipment for its operations  under
five (5) noncancelable  operating leases expiring at various dates through March
1999.

Future minimum rental payments under the above noncancelable operating leases as
of December 31, 1996 are as follows:

Year ending
December 31,                                                              Amount

        1997                                                              14,814
        1998                                                               9,193
        1999                                                               1,124
                                                                           -----

        Total                                                    $        25,131
        -----                                                             ======
    

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #9
   
[Information  as of and for the six  months  ended  June  30,  1997  and 1996 is
Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[15] Stock Option Plans

[A] The 1996 Stock Option Plan - In February 1996, the Board of Directors of the
Company  adopted,  and the stockholders of the Company approved the adoption of,
the 1996 Stock Option Plan [the "1996 Stock Plan"] which  provides for the grant
of options for the purchase of up to 131,250 common shares of the Company.

In February 1996,  pursuant to the 1996 Stock Plan,  the Company  granted to two
directors of the Company  options to purchase  12,500 and 75,000 common  shares,
respectively,  at an exercise price of $1.50 per share, commencing February 1997
and  terminating  February  2002. The market price of the common stock was $1.50
when such options were issued.

In  February  1996,  pursuant to the 1996 Stock  Plan,  the  Company  granted to
various non-executive employees of the Company options to purchase 16,875 common
shares, respectively,  at an exercise price of $1.50 per share. The options vest
to the  extent  of 20% per  year  over a period  of five  years,  commencing  in
February  1997 and  terminate in February  2006.  The market price of the common
stock was $1.50 when such options were issued.

In July 1996,  pursuant to the 1996 Option Plan, the Company  granted to each of
two other  directors  options to purchase  12,500  common  shares at an exercise
price of $1.50 per share.  The options vest to the extent of 20% per year over a
period of five years  commencing  in July 1997 and  terminate in July 2006.  The
market price of the common stock was $1.50 when such options were issued.

No options were  granted  pursuant to any other stock option plan [See Notes 15B
and 15C].

The average exercise price  information for the year ended December 31, 1996 was
$1.50.

All options were granted at an exercise  price equal to the fair market value of
the Company's common stock at the date of grant, and pursuant to APB Opinion No.
25 no  compensation  cost was  recognized in  operations.  The fair value of the
options  was  estimated  using the  Black-Scholes  fair  value  method  with the
following weighted average assumptions:

                          Exercise Price                                $1.50

                          Expected Life                                 3 years

                          Volatility                                    76.25%

                          Expected Dividends                              -0-

                          Risk Free Interest Rate                         6%

The  weighted  average fair value of options at the date of grant using the fair
value based method during 1996 was estimated to be $.80.

If the Company had  accounted  for the issuance of all options and  compensation
based  warrants  pursuant  to the fair value based  method of SFAS No. 123,  the
Company would have recorded  additional  compensation  expense totaling $104,000
for the year ended  December 31, 1996,  and the  Company's net loss and net loss
per share would have been as follows:

                                                                    Year Ended
                                                                   December 31,
                                                                         1996

                  Net Loss as Reported                             $ (499,639)
                                                                    ==========
                  Pro Forma Net Loss                               $ (603,639)
                                                                    ==========
                  Net Loss Per Share as Reported                   $     (.45)
                                                                    ===========
                  Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share                     $     (.55)
                                                                    ===========
    
                                      F-16

<PAGE>
NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #10
   
[Information  as of and for the six  months  ended  June  30,  1997  and 1996 is
Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[15] Stock Option Plans [Continued]

A summary of the activity in the option plans is as follows:

           Options outstanding at January 1, 1996                        -0-
           Granted                                                     129,375
           Exercised                                                     -0-
           Forfeited                                                     -0-
                                                                        ------
           Outstanding at December 31, 1996                            129,375
           --------------------------------                            =======
    
           Exercisable at December 31, 1996                              -0-
                                                                       ======= 
   
The following summarizes option information as of December 31, 1996:
    
    Range of                        Weighted Average        Weighted Average
Exercise Prices       Shares        Contractual Life         Exercise Price
   
     $1.50           149,325             6.5 Years                 $1.50

[B] 1996 Senior  Executive  Stock Option Plan - This Plan provides for the grant
of  options  to a certain  management  group for the  purchase  of up to 405,000
common shares of the Company.  The 1996 Executive Plan provides for the grant to
executives  and  directors  of the Company  options to purchase  405,000  common
shares of the  Company,  respectively,  at an exercise  price of $5.00 per share
[the "Executive  Plan  Options"].  The Executive Plan Options shall terminate in
2006 and vest in one-third  increments in each of 1999,  2000 and 2001 following
the issuance of audited  financial  statements for the prior year,  provided the
Company's  cumulative pre-tax income from operations  exceeds $300,000,  without
giving  effect to any charge to  earnings  resulting  from an issuance of common
shares to bridge lenders [See Note 10], $3,000,000 and $7,500,000 for the fiscal
years  ending  December  31,  1998,  December  31, 1999 and  December  31, 2000,
respectively [the "Cumulative Goals"]. In the event a particular Cumulative Goal
is not reached through December 31 of any given year, the particular installment
of such Executive Plan Options will  nevertheless vest in a future year when the
cumulative  Goal for a  succeeding  year is met.  No  amount  has been  accrued,
because  the  best  estimate  is  that a  positive  outcome  of the  performance
condition is remote.

[C] 1996  Non-Executive  Stock Option Plan - This Plan provides for the grant of
options to employees of the Company other than to eligible  optionees  under the
1996 Senior Executive Stock Option Plan to purchase up to 150,000 common shares.
No options have been granted under the 1996 Non-Executive Stock Option Plan.

[16] Subsequent Events

[A] Prior Initial Public Offering - A prior proposed public offering,  initiated
by the Company during 1996, was terminated in February 1997.  Deferred  offering
costs of $130,053,  related to this proposed public offering, have been expensed
in 1996, and $33,377, incurred in 1997, were expensed in 1997.

[B] Line of Credit - Related Party

In January  1997 the  Company  was  extended a  $150,000  line of credit  from a
related party.  $75,000 of this facility was drawn upon in January 1997, and the
remaining  $75,000 was drawn upon in May 1997. Any amounts drawn on the line are
to be repaid on the first anniversary date funds were drawn. Interest is payable
on demand at an annual  rate of 10  percent.  In further  consideration  for the
loan, the Company will issue warrants to purchase 30,000 shares of the Company's
common  stock at an  exercise  price of $6.00 per share.  Such  warrants  become
exercisable for a ten year period commencing on the first anniversary date funds
were drawn.

The  fair  value  of the  warrants  at the date of  issuance,  of  approximately
$38,600, will be recorded as a debt discount and will be amortized over the term
of the debt into interest expense.
    
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #11
   
[Information  as of and for the six  months  ended  June  30,  1997  and 1996 is
Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[16] Subsequent Events [Continued]

[C] Notes Payable - Product Acquisition and Financing - In May 1997, the Company
and the holder of the notes  payable note - product  acquisition  and  financing
[See Note 4] agreed to extend  the due date of the 1997  installment  payment of
$200,000 from March 31, 1997 to June 30, 1997.  Pursuant to the  agreement,  the
holder and the Company agreed that, if the  installment due on June 30, 1997 was
not made, the Company would issue 72,727 shares of its common shares to the note
holder in lieu of such installment payment. On June 30, 1997, the Company issued
72,727 shares of common stock to such note holder.

[D] Proposed  Initial Public  Offering - The Company is offering for public sale
1,400,000  shares of common  stock at a price of $5.00 per  share.  Although  no
assurance  can be given  that  the  proposed  initial  public  offering  will be
successful,  the Company  intends to utilize the net proceeds  from the proposed
initial public offering of approximately $5,750,000 for the partial repayment of
debt,  product  acquisition,  research  and  development,  hiring of  additional
personnel and working capital purposes.

[E]  Employment  Agreement  - The  Company  intends to enter into an  employment
agreement  with  the  President  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Executive  Vice
President on the closing date of the initial public offering for an initial term
of  three  years,  providing  a salary  of  $120,000  and  $96,000,  per  annum,
respectively.

[F]  Underwriter's  Purchase  Options  - As a part of the  consideration  of its
services in  connection  with the Company's  proposed  initial  public  offering
described  herein  [See  Note  16D],  the  Company  has  agreed  to issue to the
underwriter,  for  nominal  consideration,  a warrant to  purchase up to 140,000
shares of common stock at an exercise price of 150% of the public offering price
of such shares and  warrants for a three year period  commencing  one year after
the effective date of the proposed initial public offering. The non-cash cost of
such  options,  representing  a cost of raising  capital  will be  recorded as a
charge and credit to stockholders' equity when the options are issued.

[G] Stockholder's Equity - In July, 1997 the Company issued 25,000 common shares
to its SEC Counsel in consideration  for current work being done pursuant to the
Company's  proposed initial public offering.  Such shares were recorded at their
fair  value  (approximately  $100,000)  at the date of  issuance  and have  been
classified as a cost of the proposed initial public offering.

[H]  Economic  Dependency  - On  September  1, 1997,  the  Company  entered in a
exclusive  agreement (the "Agreement") with another  manufacturer,  whereby such
manufacturer  will  produce  this  product in  sufficient  quantity  to meet the
Company's  projected  sales.  This  Agreement has an initial term of three years
from the date that the first order is placed by the Company.  This  Agreement is
automatically  renewable for  successive two year terms unless written notice of
termination is given by either party at least one year prior to the  termination
of the initial or  successive  term.  In the event of early  termination  of the
Agreement, the manufacturer,  at the Company's request, will provide the Company
with a supply of the product equal to the amount purchased by the Company in the
previous year.

[I]  Bridge  Financing  -  On  September  10,  1997  in  consideration   for  an
acceleration  of the due  date of the  bridge  note  payable  (see  note  10) to
December 1, 1997,  the bridge  lender  relinquished  80,000 common shares to the
Company.  Such common shares were then retired by the Company.  Such transaction
has been recorded as a change in accounting estimate by the Company.

[17] Authoritative Pronouncements

The  Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board  ["FASB"]  issued  SFAS  No.  125,
"Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and  Extinguishments
of Liabilities" in June of 1996. SFAS No. 125 provides  accounting and reporting
standards for transfers and servicing of financial  assets and  extinguishing of
liabilities.  SFAS No. 125 is  effective  for  financial  statements  issued for
fiscal  years   occurring   after  December  31,  1996  and  is  to  be  applied
prospectively.  SFAS No. 125 is not  expected to have an impact on the  Company.
Some  provisions  of SFAS No. 125,  which are  unlikely to apply to the Company,
have been deferred by the FASB.
    
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #12
   
[Information  as of and for the six months  ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 is
Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The FASB has  issued  SFAS No.  128,  "Earnings  Per  Share"  and SFAS No.  129,
"Disclosure  of  Information  About Capital  Structure."  Both are effective for
financial statements issued for periods ending after December 15, 1997. SFAS No.
128  simplified   the   computation  of  earning  per  share  by  replacing  the
presentation of primary earnings per share with a presentation of basic earnings
per  share.  The  statement  requires  dual  presentation  of basic and  diluted
earnings per share by entities with complex capital  structures.  Basic earnings
per share includes no dilution and is computed by dividing  income  available to
common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the
period.  Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution of securities
that could share in the earnings of an entity similar to fully diluted  earnings
per share.

While the Company has not analyzed  SFAS No. 128  sufficiently  to determine its
long-term impact on per share reported  amounts,  SFAS No. 128 should not have a
significant effect on historically reported per share loss amounts.

SFAS No. 129 does not change any previous  disclosure  requirements,  but rather
consolidates existing disclosure requirements for ease of retrieval.

[17] Authoritative Pronouncements [Continued]

In June 1997,  the FASB issued SFAS 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income" and
SFAS 131, "Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information."
Both are effective for financial  statements  for fiscal years  beginning  after
December 15, 1997.  The Company will adopt both  statements  on January 1, 1998.
Adoption is not expected to have a material impact on the financial position and
results of operations.

[18] Unaudited Interim Statements

The  financial  statements  for the six months  ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 are
unaudited;  however, in the opinion of management,  all adjustments  [consisting
solely  of  normal  recurring  adjustments]  necessary  to  make  the  financial
statements not misleading have been made. The results of interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be obtained for a full fiscal year.
    
                                      F-19

<PAGE>
_______________________        ________________

     No  dealer,  salesman  or  other  person  has been  authorized  to give any
information or to make any representations not contained in this Prospectus and,
if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as
having been authorized by the Company or the  Underwriter.  Neither the delivery
of this  Prospectus  nor any sale made hereunder  shall under any  circumstances
create  any  implication  that  there has been no change in the  affairs  of the
Company since the date hereof.  This  Prospectus does not constitute an offer of
any securities  other than the securities to which it relates or an offer to any
person in any jurisdiction in which such an offer would be unlawful. 
                                  -----------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                           Page

Prospectus Summary.............................................................
Risk Factors...................................................................
Use of Proceeds................................................................
Dilution.......................................................................
Capitalization.................................................................
Dividend Policy................................................................
Bridge Financing...............................................................
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
   Financial Condition and Results of
   Operations..................................................................
Business.......................................................................
Management.....................................................................
Principal and Selling Stockholders.............................................
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.................................
Description of Securities......................................................
Underwriting...................................................................
Legal Matters..................................................................
Experts........................................................................
Additional Information.........................................................
Glossary.......................................................................
Financial Statements...........................................................


                                  -------------
     Until , 1997  (25 days  after  the date of this  Prospectus),  all  dealers
effecting   transactions   in  the   registered   securities,   whether  or  not
participating  in this  distribution,  may be required to deliver a  Prospectus.
This is in addition to the  obligation  of dealers to deliver a Prospectus  when
acting  as  underwriters  and  with  respect  to  their  unsold   allotments  or
subscriptions.


- ----------------------------------------




   
                        1,400,000 Shares of Common Stock
    








                          NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.











                                  ------------
                                   PROSPECTUS








   
                               CLAYTON, DUNNING &
                                  COMPANY INC.
    









                                     , 1997




                     -------------------------------------


<PAGE>



                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

     Article X of the Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  eliminates  the
personal liability of directors to the Company and its stockholders for monetary
damages  for  breach of  fiduciary  duty as a  director  to the  fullest  extent
permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General  Corporation Law, provided that
this provision  shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for
any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders,
(ii) for acts or  omissions  not in good  faith  or  which  involve  intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) arising under Section 174 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law (with respect to unlawful dividend payments and
unlawful stock purchases or redemptions), or (iv) for any transaction from which
the director derived an improper personal benefit.

     Additionally,  the Company has included in its Certificate of Incorporation
and its by-laws provisions to indemnify its directors,  officers,  employees and
agents and to purchase  insurance  with respect to liability  arising out of the
performance  of their duties as  directors,  officers,  employees  and agents as
permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware  General  Corporation law. The Delaware
General  Corporation  law provides  further that the  indemnification  permitted
thereunder  shall  not be  deemed  exclusive  of any  other  rights to which the
directors,  officers,  employees and agents may be entitled  under the Company's
by-laws, any agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise.

     The  effect of the  foregoing  is to  require  the  Company  to the  extent
permitted by law to indemnify the officers,  directors,  employees and agents of
the  Company  for any claim  arising  against  such  persons  in their  official
capacities if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe
his conduct was unlawful.

     In connection  with the Offering,  the  Underwriter has agreed to indemnify
the Company,  its directors,  and each person who controls it within the meaning
of Section 15 of the Act with respect to any  statement in or omission  from the
registration  statement or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto
if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished in
writing to the Company by the Underwriter specifically for or in connection with
the  preparation of the  registration  statement,  the  Prospectus,  or any such
amendment or supplement thereto.

     The Company  intends to obtain has  liability  insurance  coverage  for its
officers and directors in the amount of $1,000,000 per person.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the securities act
may be  permitted  to  directors,  officers or persons  controlling  the Company
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Company has been informed that, in the
opinion of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  such  indemnification  is
against  public  policy as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act and is  therefore
unenforceable.

Item 25. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

     The estimated expenses to be incurred by the Company in connection with the
issuance  and  distribution  of the  securities  being  registered,  other  than
underwriting discounts and commissions, are estimated as follows:



                                      II-1

<PAGE>



   
                  SEC Registration Fee                               $ 2,712.10
                  NASD Filing Fee                                      2,000.00
                  Blue Sky Fees and Expenses                          21,000.00
                  Registrant's Counsel Fees and Expenses             150,000.00
                  Accountant's Fees and Expenses                      45,000.00
                  Underwriter's Non-Accountable Expense Allowance    210,000.00
                  Printing Expenses                                   40,000.00
                  Nasdaq Listing Fee                                   7,500.00
                  Blue Sky Counsel Fees                               35,000.00
                  Transfer Agent and Registrar's Fee and Expenses      2,000.00
                  Miscellaneous Expenses                              34,787.90
                                                                     ----------
                  Estimated Total                                   $550,000.00
                                                                     ==========
    

Item 26.          Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

     The Company sold the  following  Common Shares during the past three years.
The number of Common  Shares  referred to herein gives effect to a 2 for 1 stock
split on February 8, 1996, and a 1.25 for 1 stock split  effective as of October
15,  1996 in  connection  with the  Company's  reincorporation  in the  State of
Delaware.

     During the period  November 1994 through  March 1995,  the Company sold the
following number of Common Shares in a private offering,  for $2.00 per share in
cash, to the following persons (in the years indicated below):

       1994
                                            Number of                 Aggregate
                                            Common                      Cash
Name                                        Shares                 Consideration

Roger G.  Boyer                                2,500                $    5,000
Frank E.  Putt                                 2,500                     5,000
Joseph A.  Spinella                            2,500                     5,000
B.J. Shaw                                      2,500                     5,000
Richard L.  Shumate, Jr.                       2,500                     5,000
Billy J.  Baxley                               7,500                    15,000
Allan R. Avery                                 7,500                    15,000
                                              ------                    ------
Total                                         27,500                  $ 55,000
                                              ======                    ======


     1995
                                             Number of              Aggregate
                                               Common                  Cash
Name                                           Shares              Consideration

David A. Wang                                  2,500                  $5,000
Ronald Tennissen                               2,500                   5,000
Don J. Teague                                  2,500                   5,000
W. Craig Carlisle                              2,500                   5,000
Ron L. Montgomery                              2,500                   5,000
Robert T. Meyer                                2,500                   5,000
Allan R. Avery                                 7,500                  15,000
                                               -----                   ------
Total                                         22,500                $ 45,000
                                              ======                  ======



                                      II-2

<PAGE>



   
     In December 1996, the Company borrowed $100,000 from Dominant  Construction
Corp. (the "Bridge Lender") in a Bridge Financing transaction.  In consideration
for making the loan,  the Company  issued to the Bridge  Lender  100,000  Common
Shares  (of which  80,000  have  been  relinquished  by the  Bridge  Lender  and
cancelled).

     In January  1997,  the  Company  entered  into a Credit  Agreement  with an
affiliate of Allan R. Avery which  provided  the Company with a $150,000  credit
facility all of which has been  borrowed by the Company.  In  consideration  for
providing  the credit  facility,  the  Company  issued Mr.  Avery's  affiliate a
warrant to purchase  30,000 Common Shares of the Company at an exercise price of
$6.00 per  share,  such  warrant  being  exercisable  for a period of five years
commencing on the first  anniversary of the date of the  Prospectus  included in
this Registration Statement.

     As of June 30, 1997,  the Company  issued  72,727  Common  Shares to Bertek
Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in payment of a $200,000 installment on the purchase price
for Unifiber(R).

     Effective July 1997,  the Company issued to Certilman  Balin Adler & Hyman,
LLP 25,000 Common Shares in consideration of legal services.
    

     All the foregoing  transactions  were private  transactions not involving a
public  offering  and were exempt from the  registration  provisions  of the Act
pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof.  Except as otherwise indicated below, sales of
the Common Shares were without the use of an underwriter,  and the  certificates
evidencing  the  securities   relating  to  the  foregoing   transactions   bear
restrictive  legends  permitting the transfer thereof only upon  registration of
such  securities  or an exemption  under the Act. The Company  believes that the
purchasers  in the  foregoing  transactions  were  sophisticated  or  accredited
investors.

   
     Sterling  Foster & Company,  Inc.  ("Sterling  Foster")  acted as placement
agent  for the  Company  in  connection  with the  Bridge  Financing  on a "best
efforts,  all or none" basis.  Sterling Foster received a placement fee of 7% of
the gross proceeds of the bridge financing, or $7,000. The Company also paid the
fees  and   disbursements  of  Sterling  Foster's  counsel  in  connection  with
representing  the  Underwriter in its capacity of placement  agent in the Bridge
Financing transaction.
    

Item 27.          Exhibits.

   Exhibit
   Number         Title of Exhibit

     1.1  Form of  Underwriting  Agreement  by and  between  the Company and the
          Underwriter.

     2.1  Agreement  of Merger  between the  Company and Niche  Pharmaceuticals,
          Inc., a Texas corporation.*

     3.1  Articles of Incorporation of the Company.*

     3.2  By-Laws of the Company.*

   
     4.1  Specimen Common Share Certificate.*
    

     4.2  Form of Underwriter's Common Share Purchase Warrant.

     5.1  Opinion  of  Certilman  Balin  Adler &  Hyman,  LLP,  counsel  for the
          Company.**

   
     10.1 Loan Agreement, dated January 11, 1991, between Stephen F. Brandon and
          the Company.*
    

                                      II-3

<PAGE>




     10.2    $500,000 Promissory Note (the "Brandon Note"), dated January 11, 
             1991, by the Company to Stephen F. Brandon.*

     10.3    Letter Agreement dated November 22, 1996,  between Stephen F. 
             Brandon and the  Company, extending the payment date of the Brandon
             Note to January 11, 1998.*

     10.4    Authorization  and  Loan  Agreement  among  the U.S. Small Business
             Administration (dated January 9, 1992), the Company (dated April 8,
             1992), and First National Bank of Grapevine (dated April 8, 1992).*

     10.5    $250,000 Promissory Note, dated April 8, 1992, of the Company to 
             First National Bank of Grapevine.*

     10.6    $300,000 Promissory Note, dated October 11, 1996, of the Company to
             Mercantile Bank of Kansas City.*

   
     10.7    Purchase  Agreement,  dated October 17, 1995,  between the Company 
             and Bertek   Pharmaceuticals   Inc.   (formerly   known   as  Dow
             Hickam Pharmaceuticals Inc.)*
    

     10.8    Lease, dated July 30, 1996, between Eva L. Zweifel Huntsman and the
             Company.*

   
     10.9    Third Party Manufacturing Agreement between the Company (dated June
             19, 1997) and Schering Corporation (dated July 1, 1997).
    

     10.10   Form of Employment Agreement between  the  Company  and  Stephen F.
             Brandon.*

   
     10.11   1996 Stock Option Plan, as amended.*

     10.12   1996 Senior Executive Stock Option Plan.

     10.13   1996 Non-Senior Executive Stock Option Plan.*

     10.14   Credit Agreement, dated January 20, 1997, between GEM 
             Communications, Inc. and the Company.*

     10.15   Promissory Note, dated January 20, 1997, by the Company  to GEM
             Communications, Inc.*

     10.16   Common Share Purchase Warrant, dated January 20, 1997, issued to 
             GEM Communications, Inc. to purchase 30,000 Common Shares.*

     10.17   Third Party Manufacturing Agreement, effective as of September 1,
             1997, between IFP, Inc. and the Company.

     10.18   Escrow Agreement dated __, 1997 among the Company, the Underwriter
             and First Union National Bank of Florida.**
    

     23.1    Consent of Moore Stephens,   P.C.,   independent  certified  public
             accountants.

     23.2    Consent of Certilman Balin Adler & Hyman, LLP (included in its 
             opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).


                                      II-4

<PAGE>



   
     23.3 Consent of Robert C. Lau, the Underwriter's  designee to the Company's
          Board of Directors.
    

     27.0 Financial Data Schedule.

         * Previously filed.

        ** To be filed by Amendment.

Item 28.          Undertakings.

(a)  Rule 415 Offering.

     The undersigned Company will:

(1)  file,  during  any  period  in which  offers or sales  are  being  made,  a
     post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

     (i)  include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

     (ii) reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which,  individually  or
          together,  represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
          in the registration statement; and

     (iii)include any additional or changed material  information on the plan of
          distribution.

(2)  for  determining   liability  under  the  Act,  treat  each  post-effective
     amendment as a new registration  statement of the securities  offered,  and
     the  offering of the  securities  at that time to be the initial  bona fide
     offering.

(3)  file a  post-effective  amendment  to remove from  registration  any of the
     securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.

(b)  Equity Offerings of Nonreporting Small Business Issuers.

     The  undersigned  Company will provide to the  Underwriter,  at the closing
specified  in the  underwriting  agreement,  Common Share  certificates  in such
denominations  and  registered in such names as required by the  Underwriter  to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(c)  Indemnification.

     Insofar as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising under the Act may be
permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Company pursuant
to the  provisions  referred to in Item 24 of this  Registration  Statement,  or
otherwise,  the Company has been advised  that in the opinion of the  Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy as
expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

     In the event  that a claim for  indemnification  against  such  liabilities
(other  than the  payment  by the  Company  of  expenses  incurred  or paid by a
director,  officer  or  controlling  persons of the  Company  in the  successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer
or controlling  person in connection with the securities being  registered,  the
Company  will,  unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled
by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate  jurisdiction  the
question  whether  such  indemnification  by  it is  against  public  policy  as
expressed  in the Act and will be  governed  by the final  adjudication  of such
issue.




                                      II-5

<PAGE>



(d)  Rule 430A.

     The undersigned Company will:

(1)  for determining any liability under the Act, treat the information  omitted
     from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in
     reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus  filed by the
     Company  under Rule  424(b)(1)  or (4) or 497(h)  under the Act, as part of
     this  Registration  Statement  as of the time the  Commission  declared  it
     effective;

(2)  for  determining  any liability  under the Act,  treat each  post-effective
     amendment  that  contains  a  form  of  prospectus  as a  new  registration
     statement for the securities  offered in the  Registration  Statement,  and
     that  offering  of the  securities  at that time as the  initial  bona fide
     offering of those securities.

(e)  Rule 424(c) Supplement; Post Effective Amendment.

     The undersigned Company will, in the event the Underwriter in this Offering
     enters  into  transactions  with the  Selling  Stockholder,  or waives  the
     "lock-up"  restrictions  applicable  to such Selling  Stockholder's  Common
     Shares:

(1)  involving  from 5% up to 10% of the Selling  Stockholder's  Common  Shares,
     file "sticker"  supplements to the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(c) under
     the Act; or

(2)  involving over 10% of the Selling  Stockholder's  registered Common Shares,
     file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement.

                                      II-6

<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

   
     In  accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as
amended, the Company certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it
meets  all of the  requirements  for  filing on Form  SB-2 and  authorized  this
Registration  Statement  to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,  in the
City of Roanoke, State of Texas, on September 16, 1997.
    

                                       NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

                                       By:/s/ Stephen F. Brandon
                                         Stephen F.  Brandon, President
                                         Chief Executive Officer, and Treasurer



     In  accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as
amended, this Registration  Statement was signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates stated.

      Signature                 Title                            Date


/s/ Stephen F. Brandon   President, Chief Executive         September 16, 1997
Stephen F. Brandon       Officer, Treasurer, Principal
                         Accounting Officer and
                         Director

   *                    
- ---------------------    Executive Vice President-          September 16, 1997
Thomas F. Reed           Corporate Development
                         and Director

   *                 
- ---------------------    Vice President and Director        September 16, 1997
Jean R. Sperry


   *                             
- ---------------------    Director                           September 16, 1997
Allan R. Avery

    *                            
- ---------------------    Director                           September 16, 1997
J. Leslie Glick



* By:  /s/ Stephen F. Brandon
       Stephen F. Brandon
       Attorney-in-Fact

                                      II-7

<PAGE>



                                                                 DRAFT 09/17/97








                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                     between

                           NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

                                       and

                         CLAYTON DUNNING & COMPANY, INC.


                                  Dated: , 1997


120243.3
                                       -0-

<PAGE>



                        1,400,000 Shares of Common Stock

                           NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT


                                                            New York, New York
                                                                    , 1997

Clayton Dunning & Company, Inc.
2901 South Bayshore Drive, #1E
Coconut Grove, FL 33133

Dear Sirs:

     The undersigned,  NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS,  INC., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"),  hereby confirms its agreement with CLAYTON DUNNING & COMPANY,  INC.
(being referred to herein as "you," the  "Representative" or the "Underwriter"),
as follows:

     1. Purchase and Sale of Securities.

          1.1 Employment of the Underwriter.

               1.1.1Terms  and  Conditions  of  Employment.  On the basis of the
          representations and warranties and subject to the terms and conditions
          contained  herein,  the Company hereby employs the  Underwriter as its
          exclusive agent,  and the Underwriter  agrees to use its best efforts,
          to offer and sell  1,400,000  (the  "Shares") of the Company's  Common
          Stock,  $.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock") to the public at
          $5.00  per  share,  on a "best  efforts,  all or  none"  basis  within
          forty-five (45) days from the effective date (the "Effective Date") of
          the Registration  Statement (as hereinafter defined), or within ninety
          (90) days from the  Effective  Date if  extended  by mutual  agreement
          between the Company and the Underwriter. There will be an underwriting
          discount of ten percent.  The total gross discount and non-accountable
          expense  allowance  shall  be  subject  to  approval  by the  National
          Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").

               1.1.2  Agreement  to Use Best  Efforts.  Subject to the terms and
          conditions  contained herein,  the Underwriter agrees to make a public
          offering of the Shares and to use its best efforts as agent,  promptly
          following receipt by it of written notice from the

120243.3
                                       -1-

<PAGE>



          Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  (the  "Commission")  that  the
          Registration  Statement is effective,  to sell the Shares. Such public
          offering may be made  through  dealers in  securities  selected by the
          Underwriter.  The Underwriter may allow such concessions to dealers as
          may be determined by the  Underwriter.  The offering will be made upon
          terms and conditions set forth in the  Registration  Statement and the
          Prospectus in conformity  with all applicable  state and federal laws,
          rules and  regulations  and in accordance  withe Rules of Practice and
          the Code of Uniform  Practice of the NASD.  The  employment  hereunder
          shall  terminate  forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date of the
          Registration  Statement,  unless extended for an additional forty-five
          (45) day  period by  mutual  agreement  between  the  Company  and the
          Underwriter, or upon the sale of all the Shares, whichever date sooner
          occurs.

               1.1.3  Consequences  of Unsuccessful  Offering.  In the event the
          Underwriter  does not find purchasers for 1,400,000  Shares within the
          periods  herein  provided,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate  and the
          Underwriter  shall  refund to any persons who have  subscribed  to the
          Shares the full amount which may have been received from them, without
          interest  or  deductions,  and none of the  parties to this  Agreement
          shall  have  any  obligation  to  any  other  party  except  as may be
          otherwise expressly  stipulated  hereunder.  Appropriate  arrangements
          shall be made prior to the commencement of the offering pursuant to an
          escrow  agreement  between the  Company,  Underwriter  and First Union
          National Bank of Florida,  N.A. (the "Escrow  Agreement")  for placing
          the funds  received from  subscribers in an escrow  account,  entitled
          First Union National Bank of Florida,  N.A.,  Escrow Agent(the "Escrow
          Account").

               1.1.4 Underwriter's Commission.  Subject to the sale of 1,400,000
          Shares,   the  Underwriter   shall  be  entitled  to  receive  as  its
          compensation,  a commission of $.50 per Share, and the Underwriter may
          re-allow to selected  dealers who are members of the NASD a concession
          as may be determined by the Underwriter, but such concession shall not
          exceed $____ per Share.

          1.2 Representative's Warrants.

               1.2.1 Purchase and Sale. Subject to the sale of 1,400,000 Shares,
          the Company  shall issue and sell to you and/or to such persons as you
          may  designate,  on the Closing Date,  warrants for the purchase of an
          aggregate  of 140,000  shares of Common  Stock (the  "Representative's
          Warrants")   for  an  aggregate   purchase   price  of  $140.00.   The
          Representative's Warrants and the shares of Common

120243.3
                                       -2-

<PAGE>



          Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of the  Representative's  Warrants are
          hereinafter   referred  to  collectively   as  the   "Representative's
          Securities."  The  Shares  and  the  Representative's  Securities  are
          hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Securities."

               1.2.2 Terms and  Conditions  of  Warrants.  The  Representative's
          Warrants shall be exercisable  for a period of three years  commencing
          one year  after the  Effective  Date at an initial  exercise  price of
          $7.50  per  share  and  shall  be  substantially  in the  form  of the
          Representative's  common stock  purchase  warrant  attached  hereto as
          Exhibit A.

     2.   Representations and Warranties of the Company.  The Company represents
          and warrants to the Underwriter that:

          2.1 Filings under Securities Laws.

               2.1.1  Pursuant  to the  Act.  The  Company  has  filed  with the
          Commission a  registration  statement  and an amendment or  amendments
          thereto,  on Form SB-2  (Registration  No.  333-17767),  including any
          related prospectus subject to completion (a "Preliminary Prospectus"),
          for the  registration  of the  Securities  under the Securities Act of
          1933,  as  amended  (the  "Act"),  which  registration  statement  and
          amendment  or  amendments   have  been  prepared  by  the  Company  in
          conformity  with  the  requirements  of the  Act,  and the  rules  and
          regulations  of the  Commission  under  the Act  (the  "Regulations").
          Except  as  the  context  may  otherwise  require,  such  registration
          statement,  as amended,  on file with the  Commission  at the time the
          registration  statement becomes  effective  (including the prospectus,
          financial  statements,  schedules,  exhibits  and all other  documents
          filed as a part thereof or  incorporated  therein and all  information
          deemed to be a part thereof as of such time  pursuant to paragraph (b)
          of  Rule  430A  of  the  Regulations),   is  hereinafter   called  the
          "Registration  Statement," and the form of the final  prospectus dated
          the Effective  Date (or, if applicable,  the form of final  prospectus
          filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 of the Regulations), is
          hereinafter  called the "Prospectus."  The Registration  Statement has
          been  declared  effective  on or prior to the  effective  date of this
          Agreement.

               2.1.2  Pursuant to the  Exchange  Act. The Company has filed with
          the Commission a Form 8-A  Registration  Statement  (File No. 0-_____)
          providing for the  registration  under the Securities  Exchange Act of
          1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), of the

120243.3
                                       -3-

<PAGE>



          Common Stock.  Such registration of the Common Stock has been declared
          effective by the Commission on the date hereof.

          2.2 No Stop or Other  Orders.  Neither the  Commission,  nor any state
     regulatory authority, has issued any order preventing or suspending the use
     of any Preliminary  Prospectus or has instituted or threatened to institute
     any proceedings with respect to such an order.

          2.3 Disclosures in Registration Statement.

               2.3.1 Representation as to Contents. At the time the Registration
          Statement became  effective and at all times subsequent  thereto up to
          the Closing Date, the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus shall
          contain all material statements that are required to be stated therein
          in  accordance  with  the Act and the  Regulations,  and  shall in all
          material  respects  conform  to the  requirements  of the  Act and the
          Regulations;  neither the  Registration  Statement nor the Prospectus,
          nor any amendment or supplement  thereto, on such dates, shall contain
          any untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state any material
          fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
          therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
          misleading.  When any Preliminary  Prospectus was first filed with the
          Commission  (whether filed as part of the  Registration  Statement for
          the  registration  of the  Securities  or  any  amendment  thereof  or
          pursuant to Rule  424(a) of the  Regulations)  and when any  amendment
          thereof or  supplement  thereto was first  filed with the  Commission,
          such Preliminary Prospectus and any amendments thereof and supplements
          thereto  complied or will  comply in all  material  respects  with the
          applicable provisions of the Act and the Regulations,  and did not and
          will not  contain an untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to
          state any material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary in
          order to make the statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances
          under which they were made, not  misleading.  The  representation  and
          warranty made in this Section 2.3.1 does not apply to statements  made
          or statements  omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written
          information  furnished to the Company with respect to the  Underwriter
          expressly  for  use  in  the   Registration   Statement,   Preliminary
          Prospectus,  or  Prospectus  or any  amendment  thereof or  supplement
          thereto.  The Company acknowledges that the information referred to in
          the immediately  preceding sentence consists solely of the information
          under the heading "Underwriting" in the Prospectus.


120243.3
                                       -4-

<PAGE>



               2.3.2  Disclosure  Regarding  Contracts.  The  description in the
          Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus of contracts,  instruments
          and other documents is accurate in all material  respects and presents
          fairly the information required to be disclosed therein.  There are no
          contracts,  instruments or other documents of a character  required to
          be described in the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus or to be
          filed with the Commission as exhibits to the  Registration  Statement,
          which have not been so described or filed.  Each contract,  instrument
          and other document  (however  characterized or described) to which the
          Company is a party or by which its  property  or business is or may be
          bound or affected  and which is referred to in the  Prospectus,  or is
          material to its business,  has been duly and validly  executed,  is in
          full force and effect and is enforceable  against the parties  thereto
          in accordance with its terms and none of such  contracts,  instruments
          or documents  has been  assigned by the  Company.  Neither the Company
          nor, to the best knowledge of the Company,  any other party thereto is
          in default  thereunder and no event has occurred which, with the lapse
          of time or the giving of notice,  or both,  would constitute a default
          by the Company thereunder.

               2.3.3 Prior Securities Transactions. No securities of the Company
          have  been  sold by the  Company  or by or on  behalf  of,  or for the
          benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by, or under
          common  control  with the Company (or any  predecessor),  within three
          years  prior  to  the  date   hereof,   except  as  disclosed  in  the
          Registration Statement.

          2.4 Changes After Dates in Registration Statement.

               2.4.1 No Material  Adverse Change.  Since the respective dates as
          of which  information is given in the  Registration  Statement and the
          Prospectus, except as otherwise specifically stated therein, (i) there
          has been no material  adverse  change in the  condition,  financial or
          otherwise,  or in  the  results  of  operations,  assets,  properties,
          business or business  prospects  of the  Company,  including,  but not
          limited to, any material loss of, or  interference  with, its business
          from fire, storm, explosion,  flood or other casualty,  whether or not
          covered  by  insurance,   or  from  any  labor  dispute  or  court  or
          governmental  action,  order or decree,  whether or not arising in the
          ordinary course of business,  and (ii) there have been no transactions
          entered into by the Company,  other than those in the ordinary  course
          of  business,  which  are  material  with  respect  to the  condition,
          financial or otherwise,

120243.3
                                       -5-

<PAGE>



          or to the results of operations, business or business prospects of the
          Company.

               2.4.2 Recent  Securities  Transactions,  Etc.  Subsequent  to the
          respective dates as of which  information is given in the Registration
          Statement and the Prospectus, and except as may otherwise be indicated
          or contemplated herein or therein,  the Company has not (i) issued any
          securities  or  incurred  any  liability  or  obligation,   direct  or
          contingent,  for borrowed money; or (ii) declared or paid any dividend
          or made any other distribution on or in respect to its capital stock.

          2.5  Independent  Accountants.  To the best  knowledge of the Company,
     Moore Stephens,  P.C., whose report is filed with the Commission as part of
     the Registration Statement,  are independent accountants as required by the
     Act  and the  Regulations.  The  statements  included  in the  Registration
     Statement  with  respect to such  accountants  are true and  correct in all
     material respects.

          2.6  Financial  Statements.  The financial  statements,  including the
     notes  thereto  and  supporting   schedules,   if  any,   included  in  the
     Registration   Statement  and  Prospectus   fairly  present  the  financial
     position,  the results of  operations  and cash flows of the Company at the
     dates  and  for the  periods  to  which  they  apply;  and  such  financial
     statements  have been prepared in conformity  with United States  generally
     accepted accounting principles, consistently applied throughout the periods
     involved;   and  the  supporting   schedules,   if  any,  included  in  the
     Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated
     therein.  No other  financial  statements  or schedules  are required to be
     included in the  Registration  Statement.  The selected  financial data set
     forth in the Prospectus under the captions "Summary Financial  Information"
     and  "Capitalization"  fairly present the  information set forth therein on
     the basis stated in the Registration Statement.

          2.7  Capitalization.  As used herein, the term "Preferred Stock" shall
     mean the Preferred  Stock,  $.01 par value per share,  of the Company.  The
     Company had at the date or dates  indicated in the  Registration  Statement
     and Prospectus duly authorized,  issued and outstanding  capitalization  as
     set forth in the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus.  Based on the
     assumptions  stated in the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,  the
     Company will have on the Closing Date the adjusted stock capitalization set
     forth therein. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement

120243.3
                                       -6-

<PAGE>



     and the  Prospectus,  on the Effective Date and on the Closing Date,  there
     will be no options,  warrants,  or other  rights to  purchase or  otherwise
     acquire any authorized but unissued  Common Stock or Preferred Stock or any
     security convertible into shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, or any
     contracts  or  commitments  to  issue or sell  shares  of  Common  Stock or
     Preferred  Stock or any  such  options,  warrants,  rights  or  convertible
     securities.


          2.8 Representations Regarding Securities.

               2.8.1   Outstanding   Securities.   All  issued  and  outstanding
          securities of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued
          and are fully paid and  non-assessable;  the holders  thereof  have no
          rights of  rescission  with  respect  thereto,  and are not subject to
          personal  liability by reason of being such holders;  and none of such
          securities  were issued in violation of the  preemptive  rights of any
          holder of any  security of the Company or similar  contractual  rights
          granted by the  Company.  The  outstanding  options  and  warrants  to
          purchase Common Stock constitute the valid and binding  obligations of
          the Company,  enforceable in accordance  with their terms,  except (i)
          such   enforceability  may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy,   insolvency,
          reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, marshaling and/or similar laws,
          now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors rights and remedies and
          (including  such as may deny  giving  effect to  waivers  of  debtors'
          rights),  (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification  provision may
          be limited  under  Federal  and State  laws,  (iii) that the remedy of
          specific  performance  and  injunction  and other  forms of  equitable
          relief may be subject to the equitable  defenses and to the discretion
          of the courts  before  which any  proceeding  therefor  may be brought
          (regardless of whether such  enforceability is considered a proceeding
          in equity or in law). The authorized Common Stock, the Preferred Stock
          and the  outstanding  options and  warrants to purchase  Common  Stock
          conform  to  all  statements   relating   thereto   contained  in  the
          Registration Statement and the Prospectus. The offers and sales of the
          outstanding  Common  Stock,  and the options and  warrants to purchase
          Common Stock,  were at all relevant times either  registered under the
          Act and  applicable  state  securities or Blue Sky Laws or were exempt
          from such registration requirements.

               2.8.2  Securities Sold  Hereunder.  The Securities have been duly
          authorized  and,  when  issued and paid for,  will be validly  issued,
          fully paid and non-assessable and the holders thereof are not and will
          not be subject to personal liability by reason of

120243.3
                                       -7-

<PAGE>



          being such holders;  the Securities are not and will not be subject to
          the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or
          similar  contractual rights granted by the Company;  and all corporate
          action required to be taken for the  authorization,  issuance and sale
          of the Securities has been duly and validly  taken.  When issued,  the
          Representative's   Warrants   will   constitute   valid  and   binding
          obligations  of the Company to issue and sell,  upon exercise  thereof
          and payment therefor, the number and type of securities of the Company
          called for thereby and the  Representative's  Warrants are enforceable
          against the Company in accordance with their respective terms,  except
          (i) such  enforceability  may be  limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
          reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, marshaling and/or similar laws,
          now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors rights and remedies and
          (including  such as made deny  giving  effect to waivers  of  debtors'
          rights, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification provision may be
          limited  under  Federal  and  State  laws,  (iii)  that the  remedy of
          specific  performance  and  injunction  and other  forms of  equitable
          relief may be subject to the equitable  defenses and to the discretion
          of the courts  before  which any  proceeding  therefor  may be brought
          (regardless of whether such  enforceability is considered a proceeding
          in equity or in law).

          2.9 No Registration Rights. No holder of any securities of the Company
     or of any options or warrants of the Company exercisable for or convertible
     or exchangeable into securities of the Company has the right to require the
     Company to register any such  securities of the Company under the Act or to
     include any such securities in a registration  statement to be filed by the
     Company,  including the Registration Statement,  except as disclosed in the
     Prospectus.

          2.10  Representations  Regarding This Agreement.  The Company has full
     power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to enter into this Agreement.
     This  Agreement  has been duly and  validly  authorized  by the Company and
     constitutes  the valid and binding  agreement of the  Company,  enforceable
     against it in accordance with its terms, except (i) such enforceability may
     be   limited  by   bankruptcy,   insolvency,   reorganization,   fraudulent
     conveyance,  marshaling  and/or  similar  laws,  now or hereafter in effect
     affecting  creditors  rights and remedies and (including  such as made deny
     giving effect to waivers of debtors' rights,  (ii) as enforceability of any
     indemnification  provision  may be limited  under  Federal  and State laws,
     (iii) that the remedy of  specific  performance  and  injunction  and other
     forms of equitable relief may

120243.3
                                       -8-

<PAGE>



     be subject to the  equitable  defenses and to the  discretion of the courts
     before which any proceeding  therefor may be brought (regardless of whether
     such  enforceability  is considered a proceeding in equity or in law).  The
     execution,  delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement,  the
     consummation by the Company of the transactions herein contemplated and the
     compliance  by the Company with the terms and  conditions  hereof have been
     duly authorized by all necessary  corporate action and do not and will not,
     with or  without  the  giving of  notice or the lapse of time or both,  (i)
     result in a breach of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of,
     or constitute a default  under,  or result in the  creation,  modification,
     termination  or  imposition  of any lien,  charge or  encumbrance  upon any
     property or assets of the Company  pursuant to the terms of, any indenture,
     mortgage,  deed of  trust,  note,  loan or  credit  agreement  or any other
     agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any
     other  agreement or  instrument to which the Company is a party or by which
     the Company  may be bound or to which any of the  property or assets of the
     Company is subject, which breach, conflict or default would have a material
     adverse effect on the condition (financial or other),  business,  prospects
     or  properties  of  the  Company;  (ii)  result  in  any  violation  of the
     provisions  of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or the  By-Laws  of the
     Company;  (iii)  violate any existing  applicable  law,  rule,  regulation,
     judgment,  order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or
     foreign,  having  jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties or
     business;  or (iv) have a material  adverse effect on any permit,  license,
     certificate,  registration,  approval,  consent or franchise concerning the
     Company;  except in the case of (i) or (iii),  where such default,  breach,
     violation  or effect,  either  singly or in the  aggregate,  would not have
     material   adverse  effect  on  the  financial   condition  or  results  of
     operations.

          2.11 No Improper Payments.  Neither the Company nor, to its knowledge,
     any  director,  officer,  employee  or  agent of the  Company  has made any
     payment  of funds of the  Company  or  received  or  retained  any funds in
     violation of any law, rule or  regulation or of a character  required to be
     disclosed in the Prospectus.

          2.12 No Defaults;  Violations.  Except as set forth in the Prospectus,
     no default  exists in the due  performance  and  observance of any material
     term, covenant or condition of any license, contract, indenture,  mortgage,
     deed of trust,  note, loan or credit  agreement,  or any other agreement or
     instrument  evidencing  an  obligation  for  borrowed  money,  or any other
     material agreement or

120243.3
                                       -9-

<PAGE>



     instrument  to which the  Company is a party or by which the Company may be
     bound or to  which  any of the  properties  or  assets  of the  Company  is
     subject.  The Company is not in  violation  of any term or provision of its
     Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws. The Company is not in violation of
     any franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation,  judgment
     or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign,  having
     jurisdiction over such company or any of its properties or business,  which
     violation  would  result in a  material  adverse  change  in the  condition
     (financial or other), business, prospects or properties.

          2.13 Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents.

               2.13.1  Conduct  of  Business.  The  Company  has  all  requisite
          corporate power and authority,  and has all necessary  authorizations,
          approvals, orders, licenses,  certificates and permits of and from all
          governmental  regulatory  officials  and  bodies  to own or lease  its
          properties  and conduct its business as  described in the  Prospectus,
          and such company is and has been doing business in compliance with all
          such authorizations,  approvals,  orders,  licenses,  certificates and
          permits and all federal,  state and local laws, rules and regulations,
          except  where  the  failure  to so comply  would  not have a  material
          adverse  effect  on the  condition  (financial  or  other),  business,
          prospects or properties of the Company.

               2.13.2 Required Consents.  The Company has obtained all consents,
          authorizations,  approvals and orders  required in connection with the
          execution and delivery of this  Agreement and the  performance  of its
          obligations hereunder.  No consent,  authorization or order of, and no
          filing with,  any court,  government  agency or other body is required
          for the valid issuance,  sale and delivery of the Securities  pursuant
          to this Agreement and as contemplated by the Prospectus,  except those
          required under applicable federal and state securities laws.

          2.14 Title to Property; Insurance. The Company has good and marketable
     title to, or valid and enforceable  leasehold estates in, all items of real
     and personal property (tangible and intangible) owned or leased by it, free
     and clear of all liens, encumbrances,  claims, security interests,  defects
     and  restrictions  (collectively,  "Restrictions")  of any material  nature
     whatsoever, other than those referred to in the Prospectus. The Company has
     adequately  insured its properties  against loss or damage by fire or other
     casualty and

120243.3
                                      -10-

<PAGE>



     maintains  such  other  insurance,  in  adequate  amounts,  as  is  usually
     maintained  by  companies  engaged  in  the  same  business  or in  similar
     businesses.

          2.15  Litigation.  Except as set forth in the Prospectus,  there is no
     action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration,  investigation,  litigation
     or governmental  proceeding pending or threatened against, or involving the
     properties or business of, the Company which might materially and adversely
     affect the  financial  position,  prospects,  value or the operation or the
     properties or the business of the Company,  or which  question the validity
     of the  capital  stock of the  Company or this  Agreement  or of any action
     taken or to be taken by the Company  pursuant  to, or in  connection  with,
     this Agreement.  There are no outstanding  orders,  judgments or decrees of
     any court,  governmental  agency or other  tribunal  naming the Company and
     enjoining the Company from taking,  or requiring  the Company to take,  any
     action, or to which the Company,  or any of its properties or business,  is
     bound or subject.

          2.16 Organization;  Good Standing. The Company has been duly organized
     and is validly  existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the
     laws of its state of  incorporation.  The  Company  is duly  qualified  and
     licensed and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction
     in which  ownership or leasing of any  properties  or the  character of its
     operations  requires  such  qualification  or  licensing,  except where the
     failure  to  qualify  would  not  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
     condition  (financial or otherwise) business prospects or properties of the
     Company.

          2.17 Taxes. The Company has filed all returns (as hereinafter defined)
     required  to be filed with taxing  authorities  prior to the date hereof or
     has duly obtained  extensions of time for the filing  thereof.  The Company
     has paid all taxes (as  hereinafter  defined)  shown as due on such returns
     that were filed and has paid all taxes  imposed on or assessed  against it,
     other  than  any  which  the  Company  is  contesting  in good  faith.  The
     provisions  for taxes payable,  if any,  shown on the financial  statements
     filed with or as part of the Registration  Statement are sufficient for all
     accrued and unpaid taxes,  whether or not disputed,  and for all periods to
     and including the dates of such financial  statements.  No issues have been
     raised (and are  currently  pending) by any taxing  authority in connection
     with any of the returns or taxes  asserted as due from the Company,  and no
     waivers of statutes of limitation with respect to the returns or collection
     of taxes have been given by or

120243.3
                                      -11-

<PAGE>



     requested  from the Company or any  subsidiary  thereof.  The term  "taxes"
     means all  federal,  state,  local,  foreign,  and other net income,  gross
     income,  gross  receipts,  sales,  use,  ad valorem,  transfer,  franchise,
     profits,  license,  lease,  service,  service  use,  withholding,  payroll,
     employment,  excise,  severance,  stamp,  occupation,   premium,  property,
     windfall profits,  customs,  duties or other taxes, fees,  assessments,  or
     charges of any kind whatever, together with any interest and any penalties,
     additions to tax, or  additional  amounts with  respect  thereto.  The term
     "returns" means all returns,  declarations,  reports, statements, and other
     documents required to be filed in respect to taxes.

          2.18 Transactions Affecting Disclosure to NASD.

               2.18.1 Finders' Fees. To the best knowledge of the Company, there
          are no claims, payments, issuances, arrangements or understandings for
          services in the nature of finders' or origination fees with respect to
          the  sale  of the  Securities  hereunder  or any  other  arrangements,
          agreements, understandings,  payments or issuances with respect to the
          Company that may affect the Underwriter's compensation,  as determined
          by NASD,  other than  payments  to the  Representative  of a placement
          agent  fee  with  respect  to the  Companies  private  placement  of a
          $100,000  promissory  note and 100,000 Shares which closed on December
          9, 1996.

               2.18.2  Payments  Within Twelve Months.  The Company has not made
          any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) (i)
          to any person,  as a finder's  fee,  investing  fee or  otherwise,  in
          consideration  of such  person  raising  capital  for the  Company  or
          introducing  to  the  Company  persons  who  provided  capital  to the
          Company,  (ii) to any NASD  member,  or (iii) to any  person or entity
          that has any direct or indirect affiliation with an NASD member within
          the twelve month period prior to December 12, 1996,  the date on which
          the Registration  Statement was filed with the Commission (the "Filing
          Date") or thereafter, other than payments to the Representatives.

               2.18.3 Use of Proceeds.  None of the net proceeds of the offering
          will be paid by the Company to any participating NASD member or any of
          its affiliates or associated  persons.  The Underwriter  shall approve
          the Company's proposed "Use of Proceeds" of the offering.

               2.18.4 Insiders' NASD Affiliation. No officer, director or holder
          of five percent (5%) or more of any class of

120243.3
                                      -12-

<PAGE>



          securities  of the Company has any direct or indirect  affiliation  or
          association  with  any  NASD  member.   No  beneficial  owner  of  the
          unregistered  securities  of the  Company  has any direct or  indirect
          affiliation  or  association  with any NASD  member.  The Company will
          advise the  Representative  and the NASD if the Company  becomes aware
          that any 5% or greater shareholder, or any officer or director, of the
          Company becomes an affiliate or associated person of an NASD member.

          2.19 Internal  Accounting  Controls.  The Company  maintains,  and the
     Company will continue to maintain,  a system of internal accounting control
     sufficient  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that (i)  transactions  are
     executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorization;
     (ii)  transactions  are  recorded as  necessary  to permit  preparation  of
     financial  statements  in conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
     principles  and to  maintain  accountability  for assets;  (iii)  access to
     assets  is  permitted  only in  accordance  with  management's  general  or
     specific authorization;  and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is
     compared with  existing  assets at  reasonable  intervals  and  appropriate
     action is taken with respect to any differences.

          2.20 Nasdaq  Listing.  As of the Effective  Date, the Shares have been
     approved  for listing on the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers
     Automated Quotation ("Nasdaq") SmallCap Market System.

          2.21 Intangibles. The Company owns or possesses the requisite licenses
     or rights to use all trademarks, service marks, service names, trade names,
     patents and patent applications, copyrights and other rights (collectively,
     the  "Intangibles")  owned or used by it. The Intangibles  owned or used by
     the Company has been  registered  in the United States Patent and Trademark
     Office  and/or  the  United  States  Copyright  Office  and have been fully
     maintained and are in full force and effect. There is no claim or action by
     any person,  or  proceeding  pending or, to the  knowledge  of the Company,
     threatened,  and the Company has not received  any notice of conflict  with
     the asserted rights of others,  which challenges the exclusive right of the
     Company with respect to any Intangibles used in the conduct of the business
     of the Company.  To the knowledge of the Company,  neither its Intangibles,
     nor  its  current  products,   services  and  processes   infringe  on  any
     intangibles  held by any third party. To the best knowledge of the Company,
     no others have  infringed or are  infringing  upon the  Intangibles  of the
     Company.


120243.3
                                      -13-

<PAGE>



          2.22 Employee Matters.

               2.22.1  Relations  With  Employees.  The  Company  has  generally
          enjoyed  a  satisfactory  relationship  with its  employees  and is in
          compliance  with all  federal,  state and local  laws and  regulations
          respecting the  employment of its employees and employment  practices,
          terms and  conditions  of  employment  and  wages  and hours  relating
          thereto. There are no pending investigations  involving the Company by
          the  U.S.  Department  of  Labor  or  any  other  governmental  agency
          responsible for the  enforcement of such federal,  state or local laws
          and regulations. There is no unfair labor practice charge or complaint
          against the Company  pending before the National Labor Relations Board
          or any  strike,  picketing,  boycott,  dispute,  slowdown  or stoppage
          pending  or  threatened  against  or  involving  the  Company  or  any
          predecessor  entity,  and none has ever occurred.  No issue concerning
          representation  exists  respecting the employees of the Company and no
          collective  bargaining  agreement or modification thereof is currently
          being   negotiated  by  the  Company.   No  grievance  or  arbitration
          proceeding  is pending or  threatened  under any  expired or  existing
          collective bargaining agreement of the Company, if any.

               2.22.2  Employee  Benefit  Plans.  Other than as set forth in the
          Registration  Statement,  the Company  does not  maintain,  sponsor or
          contribute  to, nor is it required to maintain,  sponsor or contribute
          to, any program or arrangement  that is an "employee  pension  benefit
          plan," an "employee welfare benefit plan," or a, "multi-employer plan"
          (each,  an "ERISA  Plan") as such terms are defined in Sections  3(2),
          3(1)  and  3(37),  respectively,  of the  Employee  Retirement  Income
          Security  Act of 1974,  as amended  ("ERISA").  The Company has at any
          time  maintained or contributed to a defined  benefit plan, as defined
          in Section 3(35) of ERISA.  If the Company does maintain or contribute
          to a defined  benefit plan,  any  termination  of the plan on the date
          hereof  would not give rise to liability  under Title IV of ERISA.  No
          ERISA  Plan  (or  any  trust  created  thereunder)  has  engaged  in a
          "prohibited transaction" within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or
          Section  4975 of the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the
          "Code"),  which  could  subject  the  Company to any tax  penalty  for
          prohibited  transactions  and which has not adequately been corrected.
          Each  ERISA  Plan  is  in  compliance  with  all  material  reporting,
          disclosure and other requirements of the Code and ERISA as they relate
          to any such ERISA Plan.  Determination letters have been received from
          the Internal  Revenue  Service with respect to each ERISA Plan that is
          intended to comply with Code Section  401(a),  stating that such ERISA
          Plan and

120243.3
                                      -14-

<PAGE>



          the attendant trust are qualified thereunder. The Company has not ever
          completely or partially withdrawn from a "multi-employer plan."

          2.23  Investment  Company  Representations.  The  Company  is  not  an
     "investment  company"  or an  "affiliated  person"  of,  or  "promoter"  or
     "principal  underwriter"  for, an  "investment  company," as such terms are
     defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

          2.24  Officer's  Certificate.  Any  certificate  signed  by  any  duly
     authorized  officer of the Company and  delivered to you or to your counsel
     shall be  deemed a  representation  and  warranty  by such  Company  to the
     Representative as to the matters covered thereby.

          2.25 Lock-Up  Agreements  With Insiders.  The Company has caused to be
     duly executed  legally  binding  agreements  enforceable in accordance with
     their respective terms,  except (a) such  enforceability  may be limited by
     bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  fraudulent conveyance, marshaling
     and/or similar laws, now or hereafter in effect affecting  creditors rights
     and remedies and  (including  such as made deny giving effect to waivers of
     debtors' rights, (b) as enforceability of any indemnification provision may
     be limited  under  Federal and State laws,  (c) that the remedy of specific
     performance  and  injunction  and other  forms of  equitable  relief may be
     subject  to the  equitable  defenses  and to the  discretion  of the courts
     before which any proceeding  therefor may be brought (regardless of whether
     such  enforceability  is  considered  a  proceeding  in  equity  or in law)
     pursuant  to which (i) the  persons  listed on  Appendix I hereto and their
     family  members  and  affiliates  (as  defined  in  the  securities   laws)
     (collectively, the "Insiders") agree not to sell any shares of Common Stock
     or warrants or options to purchase  Common Stock or securities  convertible
     into  Common  Stock  owned  by them  (either  pursuant  to Rule  144 of the
     Regulations or otherwise) for a period of two years following the Effective
     Date and (ii) the persons  listed on  Appendix  II hereto and their  family
     members and affiliates (as defined in the securities  laws)  (collectively,
     the  "Non-Insider  Shareholders")  agree  not to sell any  shares of Common
     Stock or  warrants  or  options  to  purchase  Common  Stock or  securities
     convertible into Common Stock owned by them (either pursuant to Rule 144 of
     the Regulations or otherwise) for a period of six (6) months  following the
     Effective  Closing  Date,  except in any such  case with the prior  written
     consent  of the  Representative  (other  than by the  laws of  descent  and
     distribution). In order to enforce

120243.3
                                      -15-

<PAGE>



     such agreements,  the Company shall impose stop transfer  instructions with
     respect  to all such  shares of Common  Stock or  warrants  or  options  to
     purchase Common Stock or securities convertible into Common Stock until the
     end of the applicable period.

          2.26 No Stabilization or Manipulation. Neither the Company, nor any of
     its officers,  directors or controlling  persons,  has taken, or will take,
     directly or indirectly,  any action designed,  or which reasonably might be
     expected, to cause or result, under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise,
     in, or that has constituted,  stabilization or manipulation of the price of
     any  security  of the  Company or to  facilitate  the sale or resale of the
     Shares.

          2.27  Subsidiaries.  The  representations  and warranties  made by the
     Company  in this  Agreement  shall,  in the  event  that it has one or more
     subsidiaries (the "subsidiary(ies)") also apply and be true with respect to
     each subsidiary,  individually  (except as the context otherwise  requires)
     and  taken  as a  whole  with  the  respective  company  of  which  it is a
     subsidiary and all other subsidiaries  thereof,  as if each  representation
     and warranty  contained  herein made specific  reference to each subsidiary
     each  time  the  term  "Company"  was  used.  Except  as  described  in the
     Prospectus,  the  Company  does not own any  interest  in any  corporation,
     partnership, joint venture, trust or other business entity.

          2.28  Other  Agreements.  The  Company  shall  enter  into  three-year
     employment  contracts  with each of Steve F. Brandon and Thomas F. Reed and
     adopt a 1996 Senior  Executive  Stock  Option  Plan,  as  described  in the
     Prospectus, with terms subject to the Underwriter's approval.


     3. Representative's Representations and Warranties.

          The Representative represents and warrants to the Company that:

          3.1  Organization:  Good Standing.  The  Representative  has been duly
     organized and is validly  existing as a corporation and is in good standing
     under the laws of its state of incorporation.


120243.3
                                      -16-

<PAGE>



          3.2  Corporate  Power;  Licenses;   Consents.  The  Representative  is
     registered as a  broker-dealer  with the Commission and in each state where
     such  registration  is  required  where  the   Representative   acts  as  a
     broker-dealer.

          3.3  Binding  Obligation;   Enforceability.  This  Agreement  and  the
     transactions  contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by, an executed
     on behalf  of the  Representative  and  constitute  the  valid and  binding
     obligations  of the  Representative,  enforceable  in  accordance  with its
     terms,  except  (i)  such  enforceability  may be  limited  by  bankruptcy,
     insolvency,   reorganization,   fraudulent  conveyance,  marshaling  and/or
     similar laws,  now or hereafter in effect  affecting  creditors  rights and
     remedies  and  (including  such as made deny  giving  effect to  waivers of
     debtors' rights,  (ii) as enforceability of any  indemnification  provision
     may be  limited  under  Federal  and State  laws,  (iii) that the remedy of
     specific performance and injunction and other forms of equitable relief may
     be subject to the  equitable  defenses and to the  discretion of the courts
     before which any proceeding  therefor may be brought (regardless of whether
     such enforceability is considered a proceeding in equity or in law).

     4.  Covenants of the  Company.  The Company  covenants  and agrees with the
Underwriter as follows:

          4.1 Amendments to Registration Statement. The Company shall deliver to
     the  Representative,  prior to filing,  any  amendment or supplement to the
     Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus  proposed  to be  filed  after  the
     Effective Date and shall not file any such amendment or supplement to which
     the Representative shall reasonably object.

          4.2 Federal Securities Laws.

               4.2.1  Compliance.  During the time when a Prospectus is required
          to be delivered  under the Act, the Company  shall use all  reasonable
          efforts to comply with all  requirements  imposed  upon it by the Act,
          the Regulations and the Exchange Act and by the regulations  under the
          Exchange  Act, as from time to time in force,  so far as  necessary to
          permit  the  continuance  of sales of or  dealings  in the  Shares  in
          accordance with the provisions  hereof and the  Prospectus.  If at any
          time  when a  Prospectus  relating  to the  Shares is  required  to be
          delivered  under the Act, any event shall have occurred as a result of
          which,  in the  opinion of counsel  for the Company or counsel for the
          Underwriter, the Prospectus, as then

120243.3
                                      -17-

<PAGE>



          amended or  supplemented,  includes any untrue statement of a material
          fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein
          or  necessary  to  make  the  statements  therein,  in  light  of  the
          circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,  or if it is
          necessary at any time to amend the  Prospectus to comply with the Act,
          the Company shall notify the  Representative  promptly and prepare and
          file  with  the  Commission,   subject  to  Section  4.1  hereof,   an
          appropriate  amendment or supplement in accordance  with Section 10 of
          the Act.

               4.2.2  Filing of Final  Prospectus.  The  Company  shall file the
          Final   Prospectus  (in  form  and  substance   satisfactory   to  the
          Representative)  with the Commission  pursuant to the  requirements of
          Rule 424 of the Regulations.

               4.2.3 Exchange Act Registration.  For a period of five years from
          the Effective  Date, the Company will use its best efforts to maintain
          registration  of the Common Stock under the provisions of the Exchange
          Act.

               4.2.4 Financial  Printer.  The Preliminary  Prospectuses shall be
          printed by a financial printer selected by the Company and approved by
          the Underwriter.

          4.3 Blue Sky Filings.  The Company  shall  endeavor in good faith,  in
     cooperation  with the  Representative  and its counsel,  at or prior to the
     time the Registration  Statement becomes  effective,  to qualify the Shares
     for offering and sale under the securities  laws of such  jurisdictions  as
     the  Representative  may  reasonably  designate,   provided  that  no  such
     qualification  shall be required  in any  jurisdiction  where,  as a result
     thereof,  the  Company  would be subject  to service of general  process or
     would be required to qualify to do  business as a foreign  corporation.  In
     each jurisdiction where such qualification  shall be effected,  the Company
     shall, unless the Representative agrees that such action is not at the time
     necessary or advisable,  use all  reasonable  efforts to file and make such
     statements  or reports at such times as are or may be  required by the laws
     of  such   jurisdiction.   All  blue  sky  work  shall  be   undertaken  by
     ________________,  and the Company  shall pay for all related  expenses and
     disbursements incurred by such counsel.

          4.4 Delivery of Filings to  Underwriter.  The Company shall deliver to
     the Underwriter,  without charge,  from time to time during the period when
     the Prospectus is required to be delivered

120243.3
                                      -18-

<PAGE>



     under  the  Act  or the  Exchange  Act,  such  number  of  copies  of  each
     Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus as the Underwriter may reasonably
     request and, immediately after the Registration  Statement or any amendment
     or  supplement  thereto  is filed,  deliver to the  Representative  two (2)
     executed original  Registration  Statements,  including  exhibits,  and all
     post-effective  amendments  thereto and copies of documents filed therewith
     or incorporated  therein by reference and all executed original consents of
     certified experts.

          4.5 Effectiveness  and Events Requiring Notice to the  Representative.
     The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Registration  Statement
     to remain effective until the later of the completion by the Underwriter of
     the  distribution  of the Shares (but in no event more than 9 months  after
     the date on which the  Registration  Statement  shall  have  been  declared
     effective)  or 25 days after the date on which the  Registration  Statement
     shall have been  declared  effective  and shall  notify the  Representative
     immediately  and shall  promptly  confirm  the notice in writing of (i) the
     effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, (ii)
     the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of the  initiation,  or
     the threatening,  of any proceeding for that purpose, (iii) the issuance by
     any state  securities  commission of any  proceedings for the suspension of
     the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or
     of the initiation, or the threatening,  of any proceeding for that purpose,
     (iv) the mailing and delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment
     or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus,  (v) the receipt
     of any  comments  or  request  for  any  additional  information  from  the
     Commission, and (vi) the happening of any event during the period described
     in Section 4.4 hereof that makes any  statement of a material  fact made in
     the  Registration  Statement or the Prospectus  untrue or that requires the
     making of any changes in the  Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus in
     order to make the statements  therein,  in light of the circumstances under
     which  they were  made,  not  misleading.  If the  Commission  or any state
     securities   commission   shall   enter  a  stop  order  or  suspend   such
     qualification at any time, the Company shall make every  reasonable  effort
     to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.

          4.6   Unaudited   Financials.   The  Company   shall  furnish  to  the
     Representative  as early as  practicable  prior to the date  hereof and the
     Closing Date, but no later than two (2) full business days prior thereto, a
     copy of the latest available  unaudited interim  financial  statements (the
     "Unaudited Financials") of the Company

120243.3
                                      -19-

<PAGE>



     prepared in a manner  consistent  with that  included  in the  Registration
     Statement  (which in no event  shall be as of a date more than  sixty  (60)
     days prior to the  Effective  Date)  which have been read by the  Company's
     independent accountants, as stated in their letter to be furnished pursuant
     to Section 5.3 hereof.


          4.7 Reports to the Underwriters.

               4.7.1  Periodic  Reports,  Etc.  For a period  of five (5)  years
          following the Effective Date, the Company shall,  simultaneously  with
          the  release  or filing  thereof,  as the case may be,  furnish to the
          Representative,  (i)  copies of such  financial  statements  and other
          periodic  and  special  reports  as the  Company  from  time  to  time
          furnishes generally to holders of any class of its securities,  (ii) a
          copy of each  periodic  report the  Company  shall be required to file
          with the  Commission,  (iii) a copy of every  press  release and every
          news item and article with respect to the Company or its affairs which
          was released by the Company,  (iv) copies of each Form SR filed by the
          Company,  (v) a copy of each Form 8-K or Schedules  13D, 13G, 14D-1 or
          13E-4  received or prepared by the Company,  and (vi) such  additional
          documents and information  with respect to the Company and the affairs
          of any future  subsidiaries of the Company as the  Representative  may
          from time to time reasonably request.

               4.7.2  Transfer  Sheets.  For a period  of three  years  from the
          Closing Date,  the Company will furnish to the  Representative  at the
          Company's   sole  expense  such  transfer   sheets  of  the  Company's
          securities  as the  Representative  may request,  including the daily,
          weekly and monthly consolidated  transfer sheets of the transfer agent
          of the Company.

          4.8 Delivery of  Representative's  Warrants.  On the Closing Date, the
     Company   shall   execute   and   deliver   to   the   Representative   the
     Representative's Warrants substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.2 to
     the Registration Statement.

          4.9 Payment of Expenses.

               4.9.1 General Expenses. The Company shall pay on the Closing Date
          all expenses  incident to the  performance  of the  obligations of the
          Company under this Agreement,  including,  but not limited to, (i) the
          preparation,  printing,  filing and mailing  (including the payment of
          postage with respect to such mailing) of

120243.3
                                      -20-

<PAGE>



          the  Registration  Statement,  the  Preliminary  Prospectuses  and the
          Prospectus  and the printing and mailing of this Agreement and related
          documents, including the cost of all copies thereof and any amendments
          or supplements  thereto  supplied to the  Underwriter in quantities as
          may be  required by the  Underwriter,  (ii) the  printing,  engraving,
          issuance and delivery of the Shares and the Representative's Warrants,
          including any transfer  taxes and other taxes payable  thereon,  (iii)
          the  qualification of the Shares under state or foreign  securities or
          Blue Sky  laws,  including  the  costs of  printing  and  mailing  the
          "Preliminary  Blue Sky Memorandum," and all amendments and supplements
          thereto,  fees  and  disbursements  for  the  Underwriter's  Blue  Sky
          counsel,  which  fees  shall not  exceed an  aggregate  of  $35,000.00
          ($15,000.00 of which has already been paid),and fees and disbursements
          of local counsel, if any, retained for such purpose, (iv) applications
          for  assignments  of a  rating  of  the  Shares  by  qualified  rating
          agencies,  (v) filing fees, costs and expenses incurred in registering
          the  offering  with  the  NASD,  (vi)  costs  of  placing  "tombstone"
          advertisements  in publications  that shall be reasonably  selected by
          the  Representative,  (vii)  fees and  disbursements  of the  transfer
          agent,  (viii) the Company's expenses  associated with "due diligence"
          meetings arranged by the Representative; (ix) the preparation, binding
          and   delivery  of  four   transaction   bound  volume  sets  for  the
          Representative;  (x) any listing of the Shares on the Nasdaq  SmallCap
          Market System or on any securities exchange or any listing in Standard
          & Poor's  Corporation  Records or Moody's OTC Industrial  Manual,  and
          (xi) all other costs and expenses  incident to the  performance of its
          obligations hereunder that are not otherwise specifically provided for
          in this Section 4.9.1.  Since an important part of the public offering
          process is for the Company to  appropriately  and accurately  describe
          both the background of the principals of the Company and the Company's
          competitive  position in its  industry,  the Company will  engage,  if
          requested  by the  Underwriter,  and will pay  for,  an  investigative
          search firm of the Representative's choice to conduct an investigation
          of  principals  of the Company  and its  predecessors  and  affiliates
          designated by the  Representative.  The Representative may deduct from
          the net proceeds of the offering payable to the Company on the Closing
          Date the expenses set forth herein to be paid by the Company.  If this
          Agreement  shall not be  carried  out for any reason  whatsoever,  the
          Company  shall  remain  liable  for  all of its  actual  out-of-pocket
          expenses pursuant to this Section 4.9.1.

               4.9.2  Representatives'  Expenses.  In addition  to the  expenses
          payable pursuant to Section 4.9.1, the Company shall pay

120243.3
                                      -21-

<PAGE>



          to the Representative a non-accountable expense allowance in an amount
          not to  exceed  $210,000  on the  Closing  Date by  certified  or bank
          cashier's  check  or,  at  the  election  of  the  Representative,  by
          deduction from the proceeds of the offering  contemplated  hereby.  If
          the offering contemplated by this Agreement is not consummated for any
          reason,  the Company shall be liable for the  accountable  expenses of
          the Representatives,  including,  but not limited to, legal fees, Blue
          Sky counsel  fees,  and "road show" and due diligence  expenses,  to a
          maximum of $200,000, less any payments previously made therefor.

          4.10  Application  of Net  Proceeds.  The Company  shall apply the net
     proceeds from the offering  received by it in a manner  consistent with the
     application described under the caption "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus
     and shall file such reports with the Commission with respect to the sale of
     the Shares and the application of the proceeds therefrom as may be required
     pursuant to Rule 463 under the Act.

          4.11 Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security Holders.  The Company
     shall  make  generally  available  to  its  security  holders  as  soon  as
     practicable,  but not  later  than  the  first  day of the  fifteenth  full
     calendar month following the Effective Date, an earnings  statement  (which
     need not be certified by independent public or independent certified public
     accountants unless required by the Act or the Regulations,  but which shall
     satisfy the  provisions  of Rule  158(a)  under  Section  11(a) of the Act)
     covering a period of at least twelve (12)  consecutive  months beginning on
     the date immediately after the Effective Date.

          4.12  Reservation  of  Shares.  The  Company  shall  reserve  and keep
     available  that maximum  number of its  authorized  but unissued  shares of
     Common  Stock as is  issuable  upon the  exercise  of the  Representative's
     Warrants.

          4.13  Board  of  Directors.  For a  period  of  three  years  from the
     Effective  Date,  the Company  will  recommend  and use its best efforts to
     elect a designee of the  Underwriter as a member of its Board of Directors.
     If for whatever reason the  Underwriter  does not designate a member of the
     Company's Board of Directors,  the Underwriter shall  nevertheless have the
     right to send a  representative  (who need not be the same  individual from
     meeting to meeting) to observe each meeting of the Board of Directors.  The
     Company agrees to give the Underwriter  written notice of each such meeting
     and to provide the Underwriter with an agenda and minutes

120243.3
                                      -22-

<PAGE>



     of the  meeting no later than the time it gives  such  notice and  provides
     such items to the other  directors.  The  Company  agrees to  provide  such
     director or  representative  of the Underwriter:  (i) the same compensation
     and expense  reimbursement as would be paid to non-officer directors of the
     Company;  and (ii) the same  indemnification and insurance protection as is
     afforded generally to officers and directors of the Company.

          4.14 Press  Releases.  The Company  shall not issue a press release or
     engage  in any  other  publicity  until  twenty-five  (25)  days  after the
     Effective Date, without the Representative's  prior written consent,  which
     consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

          4.15  Nasdaq  Maintenance.  For a period of five  years  from the date
     hereof,  the Company  shall use its best efforts to maintain the listing of
     the  Common  Stock on the  Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market  for not less than five
     years, unless otherwise agreed to by the Underwriter.

          4.16 Key Person Life  Insurance.  For a period of at least three years
     following the Effective  Date,  the Company shall  maintain key person life
     insurance with an insurance company which is reasonably satisfactory to the
     Representative in an amount no less than $2 million in the aggregate on the
     lives of each of Steve F. Brandon and Thomas F. Reed, naming the Company as
     the sole beneficiary thereof.

          4.17  Disqualification  of Form S-1 (or other appropriate form). For a
     period equal to seven years from the date hereof, the Company will not take
     any action or actions which may prevent or disqualify  the Company's use of
     Form S-1 (or other appropriate form) for the registration  under the Act of
     the shares underlying the Representative's Warrants.

          4.18  Transfer  Agent.  The  Company  shall  retain a  transfer  agent
     acceptable  to the  Underwriter  for the Common  Stock for a period of five
     years following the Effective Date.

          4.19 Accountants. For a period of three years from the Effective Date,
     the Company  will not effect a change in its  accounting  firm  without the
     prior  written  consent of the  Representative,  which  consent will not be
     unreasonably  withheld,  except that no such consent is required if the new
     firm is a member of the so-called "Big Six."


120243.3
                                      -23-

<PAGE>



          4.20  Professional  Services.  The Company shall retain  attorneys and
     accountants  acceptable  to  the  Underwriter  to  assist  the  Company  in
     preparation of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.  If requested
     by the  Underwriter,  the Company will retain a financial  public relations
     firm  and/or an  advertising  agency to  assist in the  preparation  of the
     Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus  and for up to two years after the
     Effective Date.

          4.21 Sale of Securities.  The Company will not, without  obtaining the
     prior  written  of the  Representative,  (i)  issue or sell in any  manner,
     whether by private  placement,  public  offering or  otherwise,  any of its
     securities, other than the Representative's Warrants, Common Stock upon the
     exercise  of  the   Representative's   Warrants  or  any  other   currently
     outstanding warrant or option,  options (and Common Stock upon the exercise
     thereof) under the Company's stock option plans as currently in effect,  or
     securities   issued  in  connection   with  an   acquisition  or  corporate
     combination,  for a period of two years following the Closing Date, or (ii)
     permit or cause a private or public  sale or private or public  offering of
     any of its securities (in any manner,  including pursuant to Rule 144 under
     the Act) owned  nominally or  beneficially by (A) any of the Insiders for a
     period  of  two  years  following  the  Closing  Date  or  (B)  any  of the
     Non-Insider  Shareholders  for a period of six months following the Closing
     Date.

          4.22 Exercise Price of Options/Warrants. For a period of twelve months
     after the  Effective  Date,  the Company will not grant or issue options to
     purchase more than 150,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock pursuant to
     the Company's 1996 Non-Senior Executive Stock Option Plan, and the exercise
     price of such  options  shall not be less than the fair market value of the
     Common Stock on the date of the grant.

          4.23  Insiders'  Sales.  During the three year  period  following  the
     Effective  Date, the  Underwriter  shall have the right to purchase for the
     Underwriter's  account or to sell for the  account of any of the  Company's
     officers or directors,  by any persons or entities  currently owning shares
     or options to purchase  five  percent or more of the shares of Common Stock
     on the Effective  Date, or by the Insiders,  any  securities of the Company
     sold by the  Insiders  pursuant  to Rule 144  under  the  Act.  Each of the
     Insiders will agree to offer the Underwriter  the exclusive  opportunity to
     purchase  or sell such  securities  on terms at least as  favorable  to the
     Insiders as they can secure elsewhere.


120243.3
                                      -24-

<PAGE>



     5.  Conditions of the  Underwriter's  Obligations.  The  obligations of the
Underwriter  to purchase and pay for the Shares,  as provided  herein,  shall be
subject to the continuing  accuracy of the representations and warranties of the
Company as of the date hereof and as of the Closing  Date to the accuracy of the
statements of officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof and
to the  performance  by the  Company  of its  obligations  hereunder  and to the
following conditions:

          5.1 Regulatory Matters.

               5.1.1 Effectiveness of Registration  Statement.  The Registration
          Statement  shall have become  effective not later than 5:00 P.M.,  New
          York time,  on the date of this  Agreement or such later date and time
          as shall be consented to in writing by you,  and, at the Closing Date,
          no  stop  order  suspending  the  effectiveness  of  the  Registration
          Statement  shall have been issued and no  proceedings  for the purpose
          shall have been  instituted or shall be pending or contemplated by the
          Commission  and  any  request  on  the  part  of  the  Commission  for
          additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable
          satisfaction of Caro & Graifman, P.C., counsel to the Underwriter.

               5.1.2  NASD  Clearance.  On or before  the  Effective  Date,  the
          Representative  shall have received  clearance from the NASD as to the
          amount of  compensation  allowable  or payable to the  Underwriter  as
          described in the Registration Statement.

               5.1.3 No Blue Sky Stop Orders.  No order  suspending  the sale of
          the Shares in any  jurisdiction  designated by you pursuant to Section
          4.3  hereof  shall  have  been  issued  on the  Closing  Date,  and no
          proceedings  for that purpose  shall have been  instituted or shall be
          contemplated.

          5.2 Counsel Matters.

               5.2.1 Closing Date Opinion of Counsel.  On the Closing Date,  the
          Representative  shall have received the favorable opinion of Certilman
          Balin Adler & Hyman,  LLP,  counsel to the Company,  dated the Closing
          Date,   addressed  to  the  Underwriter  and  in  form  and  substance
          satisfactory to Caro & Graifman, P.C., counsel to the Underwriter,  to
          the effect that:

                    (i) The  Company  has been  duly  organized  and is  validly
               existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the

120243.3
                                      -25-

<PAGE>



               laws of its  state of  incorporation  and is duly  qualified  and
               licensed and in good standing as a foreign  corporation in Texas,
               which to the  knowledge of such counsel is the only  jurisdiction
               in which  its  ownership  or  leasing  of any  properties  or the
               character  of  its  operations  requires  such  qualification  or
               licensing  (except  where  the  failure  to  be so  qualified  or
               licensed  would  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the
               Company).

                    (ii) The  Company  has all  requisite  corporate  power  and
               authority,  and, to such counsel's  knowledge,  has all necessary
               authorizations,  approvals,  orders,  licenses,  certificates and
               permits of and from all governmental or regulatory  officials and
               bodies,  to own or  lease  its  properties  and  to  conduct  its
               business as described in the  Prospectus,  and, to such counsel's
               knowledge,   is  in  compliance  with  all  such  authorizations,
               approvals,  orders,  licenses,  certificates  and permits and all
               federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations. The Company
               has all  requisite  corporate  power and  authority to enter into
               this Agreement and to carry out the terms and conditions  hereof.
               To   such   counsel's   knowledge,   no   consents,    approvals,
               authorizations  or orders  of,  and no  filing  with any court or
               governmental  agency or body  (other than such as may be required
               under the Act and applicable  Blue Sky laws), is required for the
               valid   authorization,   issuance,   sale  and  delivery  of  the
               Securities,   and  the   consummation  of  the  transactions  and
               agreements    contemplated    by   this    Agreement    and   the
               Representative's  Warrants, and as contemplated by the Prospectus
               or, if required,  all such authorizations,  approvals,  consents,
               orders,  registrations,  licenses  and  permits  have  been  duly
               obtained and are in full force and effect and have been disclosed
               to the Representatives.

                    (iii) All issued and  outstanding  securities of the Company
               have been duly  authorized  and validly issued and are fully paid
               and  non-assessable;  to such  counsel's  knowledge,  the holders
               thereof have no rights of rescission with respect thereto and are
               not  subject  to  personal  liability  by  reason  of being  such
               holders;   and,  to  such  counsel's  knowledge,   none  of  such
               securities  were issued in violation of the preemptive  rights of
               any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual
               rights  granted  by the  Company.  The  outstanding  options  and
               warrants,  if any, to purchase shares of Common Stock  constitute
               the valid and binding obligations of the Company,  enforceable in
               accordance  with  their   respective   terms,   except  (i)  such
               enforceability   may  be  limited  by   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
               reorganization,  fraudulent conveyance, marshaling and/or similar
               laws, now or hereafter in effect

120243.3
                                      -26-

<PAGE>



               affecting  creditors  rights and remedies and (including  such as
               made deny giving  effect to waivers of debtors'  rights,  (ii) as
               enforceability  of any  indemnification  provision may be limited
               under  Federal and State laws,  (iii) that the remedy of specific
               performance  and injunction  and other forms of equitable  relief
               may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of
               the courts  before which any  proceeding  therefor may be brought
               (regardless  of  whether  such  enforceability  is  considered  a
               proceeding in equity or in law).  Prior to the  completion of the
               offering,  the offers and sales of the  outstanding  Common Stock
               and options and warrants to purchase  shares of Common Stock have
               been at all relevant  times either  registered  under the Act and
               the applicable  state  securities or Blue Sky Laws or exempt from
               such  registration  requirements.  The authorized and outstanding
               capital  stock of the  Company is as set forth  under the caption
               "Capitalization" in the Prospectus.

                    (iv) The  Securities  have been duly  authorized  and,  when
               issued,  paid for and delivered in accordance  herewith,  will be
               validly  issued,  fully  paid  and  non-assessable;  the  holders
               thereof are not and will not be subject to personal  liability by
               reason of being such holders. The Securities are not and will not
               be  subject  to  the  preemptive  rights  of any  holders  of any
               security  of  the  Company  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of the
               Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or, to such  counsel's
               knowledge, similar contractual rights granted by the Company. All
               corporate  action  required  to be taken  for the  authorization,
               issuance  and sale of the  Securities  has been duly and  validly
               taken. When issued, the Representative's Warrants will constitute
               valid and binding  obligations  of the Company to issue and sell,
               upon exercise thereof and payment  therefor,  the number and type
               of  securities  of  the  Company   called  for  thereby  and  the
               Representative's  Warrants,  when  issued,  will  be  enforceable
               against the Company in  accordance  with their terms,  except (a)
               such  enforceability  may be limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
               reorganization,  fraudulent conveyance, marshaling and/or similar
               laws, now or hereafter in effect  affecting  creditors rights and
               remedies  and  (including  such as made  deny  giving  effect  to
               waivers  of  debtors'  rights,   (b)  as  enforceability  of  any
               indemnification  provision may be limited under Federal and State
               laws, (c) that the remedy of specific  performance and injunction
               and  other  forms  of  equitable  relief  may be  subject  to the
               equitable  defenses and to the  discretion  of the courts  before
               which any  proceeding  therefor  may be  brought  (regardless  of
               whether such  enforceability is considered a proceeding in equity
               or in law).

120243.3
                                      -27-

<PAGE>



                    (v) To such counsel's knowledge,  except as set forth in the
               Prospectus,  or for Common Shares included in the Prospectus,  no
               holders  of any  securities  of the  Company  or of any  options,
               warrants  or  securities  of  the  Company   exercisable  for  or
               convertible or  exchangeable  into  securities of the Company has
               the right to require the Company to register any such  securities
               under the Act or to include any such securities in a registration
               statement to be filed by the Company.

                    (vi) The Shares  have been  approved  for  listing on Nasdaq
               SmallCap Market System.

                    (vii) This  Agreement has been duly and validly  authorized,
               executed and delivered by the Company and  constitutes  the valid
               and binding  obligation of the Company,  enforceable  against the
               Company  in   accordance   with  its   terms,   except  (a)  such
               enforceability   may  be  limited  by   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
               reorganization,  fraudulent conveyance, marshaling and/or similar
               laws, now or hereafter in effect  affecting  creditors rights and
               remedies  and  (including  such as made  deny  giving  effect  to
               waivers  of  debtors'  rights,   (b)  as  enforceability  of  any
               indemnification  provision may be limited under Federal and State
               laws, (c) that the remedy of specific  performance and injunction
               and  other  forms  of  equitable  relief  may be  subject  to the
               equitable  defenses and to the  discretion  of the courts  before
               which any  proceeding  therefor  may be  brought  (regardless  of
               whether such  enforceability is considered a proceeding in equity
               or in law).  The  Representative's  Warrants  have  been duly and
               validly  authorized,  executed  and  delivered by the Company and
               constitute  the valid and  binding  obligations  of the  Company,
               enforceable  against the Company in accordance  with their terms,
               except (a) such  enforceability  may be  limited  by  bankruptcy,
               insolvency,  reorganization,  fraudulent  conveyance,  marshaling
               and/or  similar  laws,  now  or  hereafter  in  effect  affecting
               creditors  rights and  remedies and  (including  such as may deny
               giving   effect  to  waivers   of   debtors'   rights),   (b)  as
               enforceability  of any  indemnification  provision may be limited
               under  Federal  and State  laws,  (c) that the remedy of specific
               performance  and injunction  and other forms of equitable  relief
               may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of
               the courts  before which any  proceeding  therefor may be brought
               (regardless  of  whether  such  enforceability  is  considered  a
               proceeding in equity or in law).

                    (viii)  The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of this
               Agreement and the Representative's Warrants, the issuance and

120243.3
                                      -28-

<PAGE>



               sale of the  Securities,  the  consummation  of the  transactions
               contemplated hereby and thereby and the compliance by the Company
               with the terms and provisions hereof and thereof, do not and will
               not,  with or without  the giving of notice or the lapse of time,
               or both,  (a) to such  counsel's  knowledge,  conflict  with,  or
               result  in a breach  of,  any of the terms or  provisions  of, or
               constitute  a  default  under,  or  result  in  the  creation  or
               modification   of  any  lien,   security   interest,   charge  or
               encumbrance  upon any of the  properties or assets of the Company
               pursuant to the terms of, any material  mortgage,  deed of trust,
               note,  indenture,  loan,  contract,  commitment or other material
               agreement  or  instrument  known to such  counsel,  to which  the
               Company  is a  party  or by  which  the  Company  or  any  of its
               properties or assets may be bound, (b) result in any violation of
               any of the provisions of the Certificate of  Incorporation or the
               By-Laws of the Company, (c) to such counsel's knowledge,  violate
               any statute or any judgment,  order or decree, rule or regulation
               applicable to the Company of any court,  domestic or foreign,  or
               of any  federal,  state or other  regulatory  authority  or other
               governmental  body  having  jurisdiction  over the  Company,  its
               properties or assets,  or (d) to such counsel's  knowledge have a
               material  adverse effect on any permit,  license,  certification,
               registration, approval, consent, or franchise of the Company.

                    (ix) The Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus
               and  the   Prospectus  and  any   post-effective   amendments  or
               supplements  thereto  (other than the  financial  statements  and
               notes  thereto and other  financial,  numerical,  accounting  and
               statistical  data included  therein or omitted  therefrom,  as to
               which  no  opinion  need be  rendered)  comply  as to form in all
               material  respects  with  the  requirements  of the  Act  and the
               Regulations.  The Securities and all other  securities  issued or
               issuable by the Company  conform in all material  respects to the
               description  thereof contained in the Registration  Statement and
               the  Prospectus.  All  statements in the  Prospectus  (other than
               those  set  forth  under the  caption  "Underwriting")  have been
               reviewed by such counsel and, insofar as they refer to statements
               of law, descriptions of statutes, licenses, rules or regulations,
               or legal conclusions are correct in all material  respects.  Each
               statute  or  regulation  or  legal  or  governmental   proceeding
               required to be described in the  Prospectus  is not  described as
               required, and all contracts, instruments or other documents known
               to such counsel,  of a character  required to be described in the
               Registration  Statement  or  the  Prospectus  or to be  filed  as
               exhibits to the Registration  Statement are so described or filed
               as required.


120243.3
                                      -29-

<PAGE>



                    (x) Such counsel has participated in one or more personal or
               telephonic conferences with officers and other representatives of
               the   Company,   representatives   of  the   independent   public
               accountants for the Company, the Representative and/or counsel to
               the  Underwriter  at  which  the  contents  of  the  Registration
               Statement and Prospectus and related  matters were discussed and,
               although such counsel is not passing upon and does not assume any
               responsibility for the accuracy,  completeness or fairness of the
               statements contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus
               (except as otherwise expressly set forth in its opinion),  on the
               basis of the  foregoing  (relying as to the factual  matters upon
               the  statements  of  officers  and other  representatives  of the
               Company and State  officials) no facts have come to the attention
               of such counsel  that caused it to believe that the  Registration
               Statement (other than the financial  statements and notes thereto
               and other financial,  numerical,  statistical and accounting data
               included therein, or omitted therefrom, as to which no opinion is
               requested or need be rendered) as amended or supplemented, at the
               time such Registration  Statement became effective,  contained an
               untrue  statement  of a  material  fact  or  omitted  to  state a
               material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make
               the  statements  therein not misleading  (other than  information
               omitted therefrom in reliance on Rule 430A under the Act), or the
               Prospectus (other than the financial statements and notes thereto
               and other financial,  numerical,  statistical and accounting data
               included therein, or omitted therefrom, as to which no opinion is
               requested or need be rendered) as amended or supplemented,  as of
               its date,  contained  an untrue  statement  of  material  fact or
               omitted to state a material  fact  necessary in order to make the
               statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under which
               they were made, not misleading.

                    (xi) The  Registration  Statement is effective under the Act
               and to such  counsel's  knowledge  no stop order  suspending  the
               effectiveness of the  Registration  Statement has been issued and
               no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted, are pending
               or are threatened  under the Act or applicable  state  securities
               laws.

                    (xii)  To such  counsel's  knowledge,  there  is no claim or
               action by any person  pertaining  to, or  proceeding,  pending or
               threatened,  which challenges the exclusive rights of the Company
               with  respect  to any  Intangibles  used  in the  conduct  of its
               business  (including,  but not limited  to, any such  licenses or
               rights

120243.3
                                      -30-

<PAGE>



               described  in the  Prospectus  as being owned or possessed by the
               Company).

                    (xiii) To such Counsel's  knowledge,  except as described in
               the  Prospectus,  no default  exists in the due  performance  and
               observance  of any term,  covenant or  condition  of any material
               license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan
               or credit agreement, or any other material agreement,  instrument
               or other document evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or
               any other  material  agreement,  instrument or other  document to
               which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound
               or to which any of the  properties  or assets of the  Company  is
               subject.  To such  Counsel's  knowledge,  the  Company  is not in
               violation  of  any  term  or  provision  of  its  Certificate  of
               Incorporation  or  By-Laws,  or,  to the  best of such  counsel's
               knowledge, any material franchise,  license,  permit,  applicable
               law,  rule,  regulation,  judgment or decree of any  governmental
               agency or court,  domestic or foreign,  having  jurisdiction over
               the  Company  or any of its  properties  or  business,  except as
               described in the Prospectus.

                    (xiv) To such  counsel's  knowledge,  except as set forth in
               the  prospectus,  there  are  no  claims,  payments,   issuances,
               arrangements  or  understandings  for services in the nature of a
               finder's  or  origination  fee  with  respect  to the sale of the
               Securities hereunder or financial consulting  arrangements or any
               other  arrangements,  agreements,  understandings,   payments  or
               issuances  that may affect  the  Underwriter's  compensation,  as
               determined by the NASD, in connection  with the order and sale of
               the Shares.

                    (xv) To such counsel's knowledge, except as described in the
               Prospectus,  the  Company  does  not  own  any  interest  in  any
               corporation,  partnership, joint venture, trust or other business
               entity.

                    (xvi) To such  counsel's  knowledge,  except as set forth in
               the Prospectus,  there is no action, suit or proceeding before or
               by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign,
               now pending, or threatened against the Company,  which would have
               a material adverse effect on the Company.

               5.2.2 Reliance. In rendering such opinions, such counsel may rely
          (i) as to matters  involving  the  application  of laws other than the
          laws of the United States, the General

120243.3
                                      -31-

<PAGE>



          Corporation   Law  of  the  States  of  Delaware   and  New  York  and
          jurisdictions  in which they are admitted,  to the extent such counsel
          deems proper and to the extent  specified in such opinion,  if at all,
          upon an opinion or opinions  (in form and  substance  satisfactory  to
          Underwriter's  counsel)  of other  counsel  reasonably  acceptable  to
          Underwriter's  counsel,  familiar with the applicable laws, (ii) as to
          matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper,  (A) on  certificates
          or other written statements of responsible officers of the Company and
          (B) on  certificates  or  other  written  statements  of  officers  or
          departments  of various  jurisdictions  having  custody  of  documents
          respecting  the  corporate  existence or good standing of the Company,
          provided that copies of any such statements or  certificates  shall be
          delivered to Underwriter's  counsel,  (iii) as to matters described in
          the  Prospectus  under "Risk  Factors -  Uncertainty  of Protection of
          Patents and Proprietary Rights" and  "Business-Patents and Proprietary
          Rights",  on  advice  of  Thompson  &  Howison,  LLP  (which  has been
          re-confirmed  as of the opinion date) and (iv) as to matter  described
          in the  Prospectus  under "Risk Factors -  Uncertainty  of Third Party
          Reimbursement and Product Pricing", "Risk Factors - Consumer Loans and
          Governmental  Regulation",   "Business-Governmental  Regulations"  and
          "Business-Third Party Reimbursement",  on advice of Arent & Fox (which
          has been  re-confirmed  as of the  opinion  date).  Such  opinions  of
          counsel  shall  include a  statement  to the  effect  that they may be
          relied upon by the Underwriter and counsel for the  Underwriter.  Such
          opinion may assume the due  authorization,  execution  and delivery of
          all  documentation  referred to therein by the parties  thereto  other
          than the Company.

               5.2.3 Subsidiaries. In the event that the Company has one or more
          subsidiaries  (the  "subsidiaries"),  the opinions referred to in this
          Section  5.2  shall  also be given  with  respect  to each  subsidiary
          (except  as the  context  otherwise  requires),  as if the  provisions
          calling for such opinions made specific  reference to each  subsidiary
          each time the term "Company" was used.

          5.3 Cold Comfort Letter.  At the time this Agreement is executed,  and
     at the  Closing  Date you shall have  received a letter,  addressed  to the
     Underwriter  and  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  in  all  respects
     (including  the  non-material  nature of the changes or decreases,  if any,
     referred to in clause  (iii)  below) to you and to Caro &  Graifman,  P.C.,
     counsel to the Underwriter, from Moore Stephens, P.C., dated, respectively,
     as of the date of this Agreement, as of the Closing Date:


120243.3
                                      -32-

<PAGE>



                    (i) Confirming  that they are independent  accountants  with
               respect to the Company and its  subsidiaries  (collectively,  the
               "Entities")  within  the  meaning  of the Act and the  applicable
               Regulations;

                    (ii) Stating that in their opinion the financial  statements
               of the Entities  (including the unaudited  financial  information
               for the  Company)  included  in the  Registration  Statement  and
               Prospectus  comply as to form in all material  respects  with the
               applicable   accounting   requirements   of  the   Act   and  the
               Regulations;

                    (iii) Stating that,  based on  performance of the procedures
               specified   by  the  American   Institute  of  Certified   Public
               Accountants  for a  review  of  the  latest  available  unaudited
               interim  financial  statements of the Entities (as defined in SAS
               No. 71 Interim  Financial  Interpretation)  with an indication of
               the date of such unaudited financial statements, a reading of the
               latest  available  minutes  of the  stockholders  and  Boards  of
               Directors  of the  Entities  and the  various  committees  of the
               Boards of Directors of the Entities,  consultations with officers
               and other employees of the Entities responsible for financial and
               accounting matters and other specified  procedures and inquiries,
               nothing  has come to their  attention  which  would  lead them to
               believe  that  (a)  the  unaudited  financial  statements  of the
               Entities, included in the Registration Statement do not comply as
               to form in all material  respects with the applicable  accounting
               requirements  of the Act and the  Regulations  or are not  fairly
               presented  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted   accounting
               principles applied on a basis substantially  consistent with that
               of the audited  financial  statements of the Company  included in
               the Registration Statement, (b) at a date not later than five (5)
               days prior to the Effective Date or Closing Date, as the case may
               be, there was any change in the capital  stock or long-term  debt
               of the Company,  or any decrease in the  stockholders'  equity of
               the Company as  compared  with  amounts  shown in the most recent
               balance sheet included in the Registration Statement,  other than
               as set forth in or  contemplated by the  Registration  Statement,
               or, if there was any  decrease,  setting forth the amount of such
               decrease,  and (c) during the  period  from  January 1, 1996 to a
               specified  date  not  later  than  five  (5)  days  prior  to the
               Effective Date or Closing Date, as the case may be, there was any
               decrease in revenues or net earnings (or increase in net loss per
               share) of the Company or net  earnings  (or  increase in net loss
               per share) of the Company per share of its Common Stock,  in each
               case as compared with the  corresponding  period in the preceding
               year and as compared with the corresponding period in the

120243.3
                                      -33-

<PAGE>



               preceding quarter,  other than as set forth in or contemplated by
               the  Registration  Statement,  or, if there was any such decrease
               (or  increase,  as the case may be),  setting forth the amount of
               such decrease;

                    (iv)  Stating  that  they  have  compared   specific  dollar
               amounts, numbers of shares, percentages of revenues and earnings,
               statements  and other  financial  information  pertaining  to the
               Entities set forth in the  Prospectus  in each case to the extent
               that  such  amounts,   numbers,   percentages,   statements   and
               information may be derived from the general  accounting  records,
               including work sheets, of the Entities, with the results obtained
               from the application of specified  readings,  inquiries and other
               appropriate  procedures  (which  procedures do not  constitute an
               examination  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
               standards)  set  forth  in the  letter  and  found  them to be in
               agreement;

                    (v)  Stating  that they have not (and are not aware)  during
               the  immediately  preceding  five  year  period  brought  to  the
               attention of the management of any of the Entities any reportable
               condition with respect to the Company's internal controls related
               to internal  structure,  design or  operation,  as defined in the
               Statement  on  auditing  Standards  No. 60 --  "Communication  of
               Internal  Control  Structure  Related Matters Noted in an Audit;"
               and

                    (vi)  Statements  as to such other  matters  incident to the
               transactions contemplated hereby as you may reasonably request.

     5.4 Certificates.

               5.4.1   Officers'   Certificates.   At  the   Closing   Date  the
          Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed
          by its respective  Chief  Executive  Officer and Principal  Accounting
          Officer,  dated the Closing  Date,  to the effect that the Company has
          performed all covenants and complied with all  conditions  required by
          this  Agreement to be performed or complied  with by the Company prior
          to and as of the Closing Date,  and that the  conditions  set forth in
          Section 5.5 hereof have been satisfied as of such date and that, as of
          the Closing Date,  the  representations  and warranties of the Company
          set forth in Section 2 hereof are true and correct.  In addition,  the
          Representative shall have received such other and further certificates
          of  officers  of  the  Company,  and  such  other  evidence  including
          certified copies

120243.3
                                      -34-

<PAGE>



          of applicable  documentation,  as the  Representative  may  reasonably
          request.

               5.4.2   Secretary's   Certificate.   At  the  Closing  Date,  the
          Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed
          by the Secretary of the Company,  dated the Closing  Date,  certifying
          (i) that the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws,  as amended, of
          the Company are true and  complete,  have not been modified and are in
          full  force and  effect,  (ii) that the  resolutions  relating  to the
          offering  contemplated  by this Agreement are in full force and effect
          and have not been  modified,  (iii)  all  correspondence  between  the
          Company or its counsel  and the  Commission,  (iv) all  correspondence
          between  the  Company  or its  counsel  and  Nasdaq  and (v) as to the
          incumbency of the officers of the Company.  The documents  referred to
          in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.

          5.5 No Material  Changes.  Prior to and on the Closing Date, (i) there
     shall have been no  material  adverse  change or  development  involving  a
     prospective  material  change in the condition or prospects or the business
     activities, financial or otherwise, of the Company from the latest dates as
     of which such  condition  is set forth in the  Registration  Statement  and
     Prospectus, (ii) there shall have been no transaction,  not in the ordinary
     course of business,  entered into by the Company from the latest date as of
     which  the  financial  condition  of  the  Company  is  set  forth  in  the
     Registration  Statement and the Prospectus  which is materially  adverse to
     the Company,  (iii) the Company shall not be in default under any provision
     of any instrument  relating to any outstanding  indebtedness  which default
     would have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company,  (iv) no  material
     amount of the assets of the Company  shall have been pledged or  mortgaged,
     except as set forth in the  Registration  Statement and Prospectus,  (v) no
     action,  suit or  proceeding,  at law or in  equity,  shall be  pending  or
     threatened against the Company or affecting any of its property or business
     before  or by any  court or  federal  or state  commission,  board or other
     administrative  agency wherein an unfavorable  decision,  ruling or finding
     may  materially  adversely  affect the business,  operations,  prospects or
     financial  condition or income of the  Company,  except as set forth in the
     Registration  Statement and Prospectus,  (vi) no stop order shall have been
     issued under the Act and no proceedings  therefor shall have been initiated
     or threatened by the Commission,  and (vii) the Registration  Statement and
     the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements  thereto shall contain all
     material statements that are required to be stated therein in

120243.3
                                      -35-

<PAGE>



     accordance  with  the Act and the  Regulations  and  shall  conform  in all
     material  respects to the requirements of the Act and the Regulations,  and
     neither the Registration  Statement nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or
     supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
     omit to state any material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary
     to make the statements  therein,  in light of the circumstances under which
     they were made, not misleading.

          5.6  Delivery of  Representative's  Warrants.  The Company  shall have
     delivered to the  Representative  executed  copies of the  Representative's
     Warrants,  registered  in such  authorized  names  and in  such  authorized
     denominations as the Representative shall have requested.

          5.7 Opinion of Counsel for the Underwriter.  All proceedings  taken in
     connection  with the  authorization,  issuance or sale of the Securities as
     herein contemplated shall be reasonably  satisfactory in form and substance
     to you and to Caro & Graifman,  P.C.,  counsel to the Underwriter,  and you
     shall  have  received  from such  counsel a  favorable  opinion,  dated the
     Closing  Date,  with  respect  to  such  of  these  proceedings  as you may
     reasonably  require.  On or prior to the Effective  Date, the Closing Date,
     counsel for the Underwriter  shall have been furnished with such documents,
     certificates and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of
     enabling  them to  review  or pass  upon the  matters  referred  to in this
     Section  5.7,  or in  order  to  evidence  the  accuracy,  completeness  or
     satisfaction of any of the representations, warranties or conditions herein
     contained.

          5.8  Copies  of the  Prospectus.  The  Company  shall  furnish  to the
     Underwriter and to other broker-dealers as directed by the Underwriter,  as
     soon as possible after the Effective Date, and thereafter from time to time
     during the term of the public  offering,  as many copies of the  Prospectus
     (and of any amended or supplemental Prospectus) as the Underwriter and such
     other  broker-dealers may reasonably  request.  If, during such period, any
     event  occurs as a result  of which  the  Prospectus,  as then  amended  or
     supplemented, would include a statement of a material fact or omit to state
     a material  fact  necessary in order to make the  statements  made,  in the
     light of the circumstances  under which they were made, not misleading,  or
     it shall be necessary to amend or supplement  the Prospectus to comply with
     the Act or with the  Regulations,  the Company  will  forthwith  notify the
     Underwriter  thereof and will  prepare and furnish to the  Underwriter  and
     such broker-dealers in

120243.3
                                      -36-

<PAGE>



     such quantity as may be reasonably  requested,  an amendment or supplement
     which will correct such  statement or omission or cause the  Prospectus  to
     comply with the Act and with the Regulations thereunder.

          5.9 Delivery of Certificates. Subject to the sale of 1,400,000 Shares,
     the  Company  agrees  to (i)  issue,  or  have  issued,  such  certificates
     evidencing the Shares as have been sold in such names and  denominations as
     the  Underwriter may specify on at least three (3) days notice prior to the
     Closing Date; and (ii) deliver such Share  certificates  as the Underwriter
     may request,  to the offices of the  Underwriter,  or the transfer agent of
     the Company,  on the Closing Date,  against  payment by certified  check or
     bank  cashier's  check to the order of the Company in Miami  Clearing House
     funds,  at  $5.00  per  Share,  less   underwriting   commissions  and  any
     accountable and non-accountable expense allowance.

          5.10  Conditions to Obligation of the Company.  The  obligation of the
     Company to deliver the Shares to the Underwriter hereunder shall be subject
     to the conditions  that (i) the  Registration  Statement  shall have become
     effective;   (ii)  no  stop  order  suspending  the  effectiveness  of  the
     Registration  Statement  shall be in  effect  and no  proceedings  for that
     purpose shall have been  instituted or shall be pending or  contemplated by
     the  Commission at the Closing Date; and (iii) the  Underwriter  shall have
     sold all 1,400,000 Shares in the public offering.

          In case of any of the conditions  specified in this Section 5.10 shall
     not be fulfilled, this Agreement may be terminated by the Company by giving
     notice to you.  Any such  termination  shall be  without  liability  of the
     Underwriter to the Company;  provided,  however,  that in event of any such
     termination   the  Company  agrees  to  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  the
     Underwriters  from all costs or expenses incident to the performance of the
     obligations  of the Company under this  Agreement and shall be  responsible
     for such costs and expenses in accordance with Section 4.9.2.

     6. Escrow Provision.

          6.1 Escrow Account.  Notwithstanding  anything contained herein to the
     contrary,  unless the Underwriter shall sell 1,400,000 Shares,  none of the
     Shares will be sold to the public. The Underwriter agrees to open a special
     non-interest bearing Escrow Account maintained at First Union National Bank
     of Florida, N.A.,

120243.3
                                      -37-

<PAGE>



     Escrow  Agent,  in which there shall be deposited  payment  received by the
     Underwriter  and  selected  dealers  group for the Shares in full,  without
     deductions for commissions and/or expenses.

          6.2  Receipt of Funds.  Appropriate  arrangements  will be made by the
     Underwriter  and members of the selected  dealers  group to provide for the
     receipt of funds from the  subscribers of the Shares and to deposit same in
     the Escrow Account, in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

          6.3 No Commissions if Offering  Unsuccessful.  Unless the  Underwriter
     shall have sold  1,400,000  Shares it shall not be  entitled to receive any
     commissions,   nor  will  the  Underwriter  be  entitled  to  purchase  any
     Underwriter's Warrants from the Company except as provided herein.

          6.4  Maintenance  of  Payments.  The  Underwriter  shall comply in all
     respects  with the  requirements  of Rule  15c2-4 of the  Regulations  with
     respect to the maintenance of payments received from the sale of the Shares
     in a special bank account.  Said payments shall remain in such bank account
     until the Closing Date, or shall be returned to the subscribers as provided
     in Section 6.1 above. In the event that 1,400,000  Shares are sold and paid
     for within the time limitations  herein  provided,  the funds in the Escrow
     Account (less the commissions and expense allowance due to the Underwriter)
     shall be transmitted to the Company,  on the Closing Date, which shall then
     provide such documents, certificates, receipts and any and all other papers
     or  instruments  as counsel may  reasonably  deem  necessary or appropriate
     under the circumstances.

     7. Indemnification.

          7.1 Indemnification of the Underwriter.

               7.1.1 By the Company.  Subject to the conditions set forth below,
          the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriter, its
          directors,  officers  and  employees  and  each  person,  if any,  who
          controls the Underwriter (a  "controlling  person") within the meaning
          of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against
          any and all loss,  liability,  claim,  damage and  expense  whatsoever
          (including  but not  limited  to any and all  legal or other  expenses
          reasonably  incurred in investigating,  preparing or defending against
          any litigation,  commenced or threatened,  or any claim whatsoever) to
          which they or any of them

120243.3
                                      -38-

<PAGE>



          may  become  subject  under  the Act,  the  Exchange  Act or any other
          statute  or at common  law or  otherwise  or under the laws of foreign
          countries,  arising  out of or based  upon  any  untrue  statement  or
          alleged  untrue  statement  of a material  fact  contained  in (i) the
          Registration  Statement,  any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus
          (as from time to time each may be  amended or  supplemented);  (ii) in
          any  post-effective  amendment or amendments  or any new  registration
          statement  and  prospectus  in which  is  included  securities  of the
          Company  issued or  issuable  upon  exercise  of the  Representatives'
          Warrants;  or (iii)  any  application  or other  document  or  written
          communication  (in this Section 7 collectively  called  "application")
          executed by the Company or based upon written information furnished by
          the Company in any  jurisdiction  in order to qualify  the  Securities
          under the securities  laws thereof or filed with the  Commission,  any
          state  securities  commission or agency,  or Nasdaq or any  securities
          exchange;  or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material
          fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
          therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
          misleading,  unless such  statement  or omission  was made in reliance
          upon and in  conformity  with  written  information  furnished  to the
          Company with respect to any of the Underwriter by or on behalf of such
          Underwriter  expressly  for  use in any  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the
          Registration  Statement  or  the  Prospectus,   or  any  amendment  or
          supplement  thereto,  or in any  application,  as  the  case  may  be;
          provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect
          to any  preliminary  prospectus  shall not inure to the benefit of the
          Representative,  or any person  controlling the  Representative,  if a
          copy of the Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented if the Company
          shall have furnished any  amendments or  supplements  thereto) was not
          set or given  by or on  behalf  of the  Representative  to the  person
          asserting such losses, claims, damages or liabilities,  if required by
          law so to have been delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation
          of the sale of the Shares to such person, and if the Prospectus (as so
          amended or  supplemented)  would have cured the defect  giving rise to
          such loss, claim, damage or liability.  The Company agrees promptly to
          notify the  Representative  of the  commencement  of any litigation or
          proceedings  against the Company or any of their respective  officers,
          directors or controlling persons in connection with the issue and sale
          of the Securities or in connection with the Registration  Statement or
          the Prospectus.

               7.1.2 Procedure. If any action is brought against the Underwriter
          or any controlling person in respect of which

120243.3
                                      -39-

<PAGE>



          indemnity may be sought against the Company pursuant to Section 7.1.1,
          the  Underwriter  shall promptly  notify the Company in writing of the
          institution  of such action,  but the failure to so notify the Company
          shall not relieve  them from any  liability  they may have  hereunder,
          unless  such  failure  results  in the  forfeiture  by the  Company of
          material substantive rights and defenses, and the Company shall assume
          the  defense of such  action,  including  the  employment  and fees of
          counsel (subject to the reasonable  approval of such  Underwriter) and
          payment of actual  expenses  incurred in  connection  therewith.  Such
          Underwriter or  controlling  person shall have the right to employ its
          or their own  counsel in any such case,  but the fees and  expenses of
          such  counsel  shall be at the  expense  of such  Underwriter  or such
          controlling  person  unless (i) the  employment  of such counsel shall
          have been  authorized in writing by the Company in connection with the
          defense  of such  action,  (ii) the  Company  shall not have  employed
          counsel to have  charge of the defense of such  action,  or (iii) such
          indemnified  party or parties  shall have  reasonably  concluded  that
          there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from
          or  additional  to those  available  to the Company (in which case the
          Company  shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action
          on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events
          the  fees  and  expenses  of not  more  than  one  additional  firm of
          attorneys selected by such Underwriter and/or controlling person shall
          be borne by the  Company.  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary
          contained herein, if an Underwriter or controlling person shall assume
          the defense of such action as provided  above,  the Company shall have
          the right to approve the terms of any  settlement of such action which
          approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

               7.2  Indemnification  of the Company.  The Underwriter  agrees to
          indemnify  and hold  harmless the Company,  its  directors,  officers,
          agents,  employees and controlling persons,  against any and all loss,
          liability,  claim,  damage  and  expense  described  in the  foregoing
          indemnity  from the  Company to the  Underwriter  set forth in Section
          7.1.1,  as  incurred,  but only with respect to untrue  statements  or
          omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions directly relating
          to the  transactions  effected by the  Underwriter in connection  with
          this offering,  made in any Preliminary  Prospectus,  the Registration
          Statement or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or
          in any  application in reliance upon, and in strict  conformity  with,
          written  information  furnished  to the  Company  with  respect  to an
          Underwriter by such Underwriter  expressly for use in such Preliminary
          Prospectus,  the  Registration  Statement  or  the  Prospectus  or any
          amendment or supplement thereto

120243.3
                                      -40-

<PAGE>



          or in any such  application.  In case  any  action  shall  be  brought
          against  the  Company  based  on  any  Preliminary   Prospectus,   the
          Registration  Statement or  Prospectus  or any amendment or supplement
          thereto or any  application,  and in respect of which indemnity may be
          sought against the Underwriter, such Underwriter shall have the rights
          and duties given to the Company, and the Company shall have the rights
          and duties  given to the  Underwriter,  by the  provisions  of Section
          7.1.2.

               7.3 Contribution.

                    7.3.1 Contribution  Rights. In order to provide for just and
               equitable contribution under the Act in any case in which (i) any
               person  entitled to  indemnification  under this  Section 7 makes
               claim for  indemnification  pursuant  hereto but it is judicially
               determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court
               of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or
               the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification
               may not be  enforced in such case  notwithstanding  the fact that
               this Section 7 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii)
               contribution  under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise may be
               required  on the part of any such  person  in  circumstances  for
               which indemnification is provided under this Section 7, then, and
               in each such case, each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of
               indemnifying  such  indemnified  party,  shall  contribute to the
               amount paid or payable by such  indemnified  party as a result of
               such  losses,  liabilities,  claims,  damages and expenses of the
               nature  contemplated  by  said  indemnity  agreement  (i) in such
               proportion  as is  appropriate  to reflect the relative  benefits
               received,  or sought to be  received,  by the  Company on the one
               hand and the  Underwriter  on the other hand from the offering of
               the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above
               is not  permitted by  applicable  law, in such  proportion  as is
               appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to
               in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on
               the one hand and the  Underwriter  on the other  hand;  provided,
               however, that, no person guilty of a fraudulent misrepresentation
               (within  the  meaning  of  Section  11(f)  of the  Act)  shall be
               entitled  to  contribution  from any person who was not guilty of
               such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding the provisions
               of this  Section  7.3,  the  Underwriter  shall  be  required  to
               contribute  any amount in excess of the amount by which the total
               price at which the Shares  underwritten  by it and distributed to
               the public were offered to the public  exceeds the sum of (a) the
               amount paid by such  Underwriter  to the Company as its  purchase
               price for such

120243.3
                                      -41-

<PAGE>



               Shares plus (b) the amount of any damages which such  Underwriter
               has  otherwise  been  required to pay in respect of such  losses,
               liabilities,  claims,  damages and expenses. For purposes of this
               Section 7, each respective director,  officer and employee of any
               Underwriter,  and each respective person, if any, who controls an
               Underwriter  within  the  meaning  of Section 15 of the Act shall
               have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter.

                    7.3.2 Contribution Procedure. Within fifteen (15) days after
               receipt by any party to this Agreement (or its representative) of
               notice of the  commencement  of any action,  suit or  proceeding,
               such party will, if a claim for  contribution  in respect thereof
               is to be made against another party (the  "contributing  party"),
               notify the contributing  party of the commencement  thereof,  but
               the omission to so notify the contributing party will not relieve
               it from any liability  which it may have to any other party other
               than for contribution hereunder. In case any such action, suit or
               proceeding is brought against any party,  and such party notifies
               a contributing  party or its  representative  of the commencement
               thereof within the aforesaid (15) fifteen days, the  contributing
               party will be entitled to participate  therein with the notifying
               party and any other  contributing party similarly  notified.  Any
               such contributing  party shall not be liable to any party seeking
               contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or
               proceeding  effected by such party seeking  contribution  without
               the written consent of such contributing  party. The contribution
               provisions contained in this Section 7 are intended to supersede,
               to the extent  permitted by law, any right to contribution  under
               the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise available.

     8.  Covenants of the  Representative.  The  Representative,  covenants  and
agrees with the Company as follows:

          8.1 Compliance  with NASD Rules of Fair Practice.  The  representative
     hereby agrees to comply with the National Association of Securities Dealers
     Regulation, Inc.'s Rules of Fair Practice.

          8.2 Waiver of "Lock-Up".  The Representative  shall not consummate any
     transactions  with the Company's bridge lender described in the Prospectus,
     or waive the "lock-up"  applicable to such bridge lender's securities until
     the Company has complied with its undertaking to the Registration Statement
     to file "sticker"  supplements to the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(c) of
     the Act,

120243.3
                                      -42-

<PAGE>



     or to file a post-effective amendment to the to Registration Statement.

     9.  Representations  and  Agreements  to  Survive  Delivery.  Except as the
context  otherwise  requires,  all  representations,  warranties  and agreements
contained in this Agreement  shall be deemed to be  representations,  warranties
and  agreements at the Closing Date,  and such  representations,  warranties and
agreements  of  the  Underwriter  and  the  Company,   including  the  indemnity
agreements  contained in Section 7 hereof,  shall remain  operative  and in full
force and effect regardless of any investigation  made by or on behalf of any of
the Underwriter, the Company or any controlling person of any thereof, and shall
survive termination of this Agreement or the issuance and delivery of the Shares
to the Underwriter.

     10. Effective Date of This Agreement and Termination Thereof.

          10.1 Effective  Date. The effective date of this Agreement is the date
     upon which the Commission  declares the Registration  Statement  effective.
     You may prevent this Agreement from becoming effective without liability to
     any other  party,  except as noted  below,  by giving the notice  indicated
     below in this Section 10 before the time this Agreement becomes  effective.
     You  agree  to give  the  undersigned  notice  of the  commencement  of the
     offering described herein.

          10.2 Termination. You shall have the right to terminate this Agreement
     at any time prior to the Closing Date, (i) if any domestic or international
     event or act or occurrence  has  materially  disrupted,  or in your opinion
     will in the immediate future materially disrupt, general securities markets
     in the United States; (ii) if trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the
     American Stock Exchange, or in the over-the-counter  market shall have been
     suspended,  or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed,
     or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required in the
     over-the-counter  market by the NASD or by order of the  Commission  or any
     other government authority having jurisdiction,  (iii) if the United States
     shall have  become  involved in a war or  material  hostilities,  (iv) if a
     banking  moratorium  has  been  declared  by a  Florida  State  or  federal
     authority,  (v) if a  moratorium  on  foreign  exchange  trading  has  been
     declared which materially  adversely  affects the United States  securities
     market,  (vi) if the Company shall have  sustained a material loss by fire,
     flood, accident,  hurricane,  earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity
     or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall

120243.3
                                      -43-

<PAGE>



     have been insured,  will, in your opinion,  make it  inadvisable to proceed
     with the  delivery  of the Shares,  (vii) if Steve F.  Brandon or Thomas F.
     Reed shall no longer  serve or be  available  to serve the Company in their
     respective  capacities,  (viii)  if the  Company  has  breached  any of its
     representations,   warranties  or  obligations  hereunder,   or  failed  to
     expeditiously  proceed  with  the  offering  or to  cooperate  with  you in
     requesting  effectiveness of the Registration Statement at such time as you
     may deem  appropriate,  or (ix) if the Underwriter  shall have become aware
     after the date hereof of such a material  adverse  change in the  condition
     (financial  or  otherwise),  business or prospects of the Company,  or such
     material  adverse change in general  market  conditions as in your judgment
     would make it  impracticable  to proceed  with the  offering,  sale  and/or
     delivery of the Shares or to enforce  contracts made by the Underwriter for
     the sale of the Shares.

          10.3 Notice.  If you elect to prevent  this  Agreement  from  becoming
     effective  or to terminate  this  Agreement as provided in this Section 10,
     the Company  shall be notified on the same day as such  election is made by
     you by telephone or telecopy, confirmed by letter.

          10.4 Expenses.  In the event that this Agreement  shall not be carried
     out for any  reason  whatsoever  within  the time  specified  herein or any
     extensions  thereof  pursuant to the terms herein,  the  obligations of the
     Company to pay the expenses related to the transactions contemplated herein
     shall be governed by Section 4.9 hereof.

          10.5 Indemnification. Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained
     in this  Agreement,  any  election  hereunder  or any  termination  of this
     Agreement,  and whether or not this Agreement is otherwise carried out, the
     provisions  of Section 7 shall not be in any way affected by such  election
     or  termination  or failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any
     part hereof.

    11. Miscellaneous.

          11.1 Notices. All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise
     specifically provided,  shall be in writing and shall be mailed,  delivered
     or telecopied and confirmed:


120243.3
                                      -44-

<PAGE>



          If to the Underwriter or the Representative:

                           Clayton Dunning & Company, Inc.
                           2901 South Bayshore Drive, #1E
                           Coconut Grove, FL 33133
                           Telecopier: (305) 448-3088

                           Attention: Robert C. Lau

          Copy to:

                           Caro & Graifman, P.C.
                           The Lincoln Building
                           60 East 42nd Street, Suite 2001
                           New York, NY 10165
                           Telecopier: (212) 867-4762

                           Attention: Chase A. Caro, Esq.

          If to the Company:

                           Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
                           200 North Oak
                           P.O. Box 449
                           Roanoke, Texas 76262
                           Telecopier: (817) 491-2770

                           Attention: Steve F. Brandon

          Copy to:

                           Certilman Balin Adler & Hyman, LLP
                           90 Merrick Avenue
                           East Meadow, New York 10017
                           Telecopier: (516) 296-7111

                           Attention:  Fred Skolnik, Esq.

          11.2 Headings.  The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose
     of convenience  of reference,  and shall not in any way limit or affect the
     meaning  or  interpretation  of any of the  terms  or  provisions  of  this
     Agreement.

          11.3  Amendment.  This  Agreement  may only be  amended  by a  written
     instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.

120243.3
                                      -45-

<PAGE>



          11.4  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  (together  with  the  other
     agreements and documents being delivered  pursuant to or in connection with
     this Agreement)  constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto with
     respect to the subject  matter hereof,  and supersede all prior  agreements
     and  understandings of the parties,  oral and written,  with respect to the
     subject matter hereof.

          11.5 Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit
     of and  shall  be  binding  upon  the  Underwriter,  the  Company  and  the
     controlling  persons,  directors  and  officers  referred  to in  Section 7
     hereof, and their respective successors, legal representatives and assigns,
     and no  other  person  shall  have or be  construed  to have  any  legal or
     equitable  right,  remedy or claim  under or in  respect of or by virtue of
     this Agreement or any provisions herein contained.

          11.6 Governing Law; Jurisdiction.  This Agreement shall be governed by
     and  construed  and  enforced in  accordance  with the laws of the State of
     Texas,  without giving effect to conflict of laws rules of such State.  Any
     action,  proceeding or claim against any of the parties  hereto arising out
     of or relating in any way to this  Agreement  shall be brought and enforced
     in the courts of the State of Texas or the  federal  court for the  Eastern
     District  of  Texas,  and the  parties  hereto  irrevocably  submit to such
     jurisdiction,  which  jurisdiction  shall be exclusive.  The parties hereto
     hereby waive any  objection to such  exclusive  jurisdiction  and that such
     courts  represent an inconvenient  forum.  Except as otherwise  provided in
     this  Agreement,  the  prevailing  party(ies)  in any such action  shall be
     entitled  to  recover  from  the  other  party(ies)  all of  its  or  their
     reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and  expenses  relating  to  such  action  or
     proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor.

          11.7 Execution in Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one
     or more  counterparts,  and by the  different  parties  hereto in  separate
     counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original,  but all of
     which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall
     become  effective when one or more  counterparts has been signed by each of
     the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto.

          11.8 Waiver,  Etc. The failure of any of the parties  hereto to at any
     time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or
     construed  to be a waiver of any such  provision,  nor to in any way affect
     the validity of this Agreement or any

120243.3
                                      -46-

<PAGE>



     provision  hereof or the right of any of the parties  hereto to  thereafter
     enforce  each and  every  provision  of this  Agreement.  No  waiver of any
     breach,  non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this
     Agreement  shall be  effective  unless  set forth in a  written  instrument
     executed by the party or parties against whom or which  enforcement of such
     waiver  is  sought;  and no waiver of any such  breach,  non-compliance  or
     non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or
     subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

120243.3
                                      -47-

<PAGE>



          If the foregoing  correctly sets forth the  understanding  between the
     Underwriter and Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for
     that purpose,  whereupon this letter shall  constitute a binding  agreement
     between us.

                                                  Very truly yours,

                                                  NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.


                                                  By:
                                                     --------------------------
                                                     Name:
                                                     Title:


Accepted as of the date first above written.

Coconut Grove, Florida

CLAYTON DUNNING & COMPANY, INC.



By:
   --------------------------
   Name:
   Title:






120243.3
                                      -48-

<PAGE>



                                   APPENDIX I

                                   [Insiders]

120243.3
                                      -49-

<PAGE>



                                   APPENDIX II

                           [Non-Insider Shareholders]




120243.3
                                      -50-

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                               Page

         <C>                                                                                                     <C>
1.       Purchase and Sale of Securities..........................................................................1
         1.1      Employment of the Underwriter . ................................................................1
                  1.1.1    Terms and Conditions of Employment.....................................................1
                  1.1.2    Agreement to Use Best Efforts..........................................................1
                  1.1.3    Consequences of Unsuccessful Offering..................................................2
                  1.1.4    Underwriter's Commission...............................................................2
         1.2      Representative's Warrants.......................................................................2
                  1.2.1    Purchase and Sale......................................................................2
                  1.2.2    Terms and Conditions of Warrants.......................................................3

2.       Representations and Warranties of the Company............................................................3
         2.1      Filings under Securities Laws...................................................................3
                  2.1.1    Pursuant to the Act....................................................................3
                  2.1.2    Pursuant to the Exchange Act...........................................................3
         2.2      No Stop or Other Orders.........................................................................4
         2.3      Disclosures in Registration Statement...........................................................4
                  2.3.1    Representation as to Contents..........................................................4
                  2.3.2    Disclosure Regarding Contracts.........................................................5
                  2.3.3    Prior Securities Transactions..........................................................5
         2.4      Changes After Dates in Registration Statement...................................................5
                  2.4.1    No Material Adverse Change.............................................................5
                  2.4.2    Recent Securities Transactions, Etc....................................................6
         2.5      Independent Accountants.........................................................................6
         2.6      Financial Statements............................................................................6
         2.7      Capitalization..................................................................................6
         2.8      Representations Regarding Securities............................................................7
                  2.8.1    Outstanding Securities.................................................................7
                  2.8.2    Securities Sold Hereunder..............................................................7
         2.9      No Registration Rights..........................................................................8
         2.10     Representations Regarding This Agreement........................................................8
         2.11     No Improper Payments............................................................................9
         2.12     No Defaults; Violations.........................................................................9
         2.13     Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents............................................................10
                  2.13.1            Conduct of Business..........................................................10
                  2.13.2            Required Consents............................................................10
         2.14     Title to Property; Insurance...................................................................10
         2.15     Litigation.....................................................................................11
         2.16     Organization; Good Standing....................................................................11
         2.17     Taxes..........................................................................................11
         2.18     Transactions Affecting Disclosure to NASD......................................................12
                  2.18.1            Finders' Fees................................................................12

120243.3
                                       (i)

<PAGE>


                                                                                                               Page

                  2.18.2            Payments Within Twelve Months................................................12
                  2.18.3            Use of Proceeds..............................................................12
                  2.18.4            Insiders' NASD Affiliation...................................................12
         2.19     Internal Accounting Controls...................................................................13
         2.20 Nasdaq Listing.....................................................................................13
         2.21     Intangibles....................................................................................13
         2.22     Employee Matters...............................................................................14
                  2.22.1            Relations With Employees.....................................................14
                  2.22.2            Employee Benefit Plans.......................................................14
         2.23     Investment Company Representations.............................................................15
         2.24     Officer's Certificate..........................................................................15
         2.25     Lock-Up Agreements With Insiders...............................................................15
         2.26     No Stabilization or Manipulation...............................................................16
         2.27     Subsidiaries...................................................................................16
         2.28     Other Agreements...............................................................................16

3.       Representative's Representations and Warranties. . . . . .                                              16
         3.1      Organization:  Good Standing. . . . . . . . . . . . .                                          16
         3.2      Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents. . . . . . . . .                                           17
         3.3      Binding Obligation; Enforceability. . . . . . . . . .                                          17

4.       Covenants of the Company................................................................................17
         4.1      Amendments to Registration Statement...........................................................17
         4.2      Federal Securities Laws........................................................................17
                  4.2.1    Compliance............................................................................17
                  4.2.2    Filing of Final Prospectus............................................................18
                  4.2.3    Exchange Act Registration.............................................................18
                  4.2.4    Financial Printer.....................................................................18
         4.3      Blue Sky Filings...............................................................................18
         4.4      Delivery of Filings to Underwriter.............................................................18
         4.5      Effectiveness and Events Requiring Notice
                  to the Representative..........................................................................19
         4.6      Unaudited Financials...........................................................................19
         4.7      Reports to the Underwriters....................................................................20
                  4.7.1    Periodic Reports, Etc.................................................................20
                  4.7.2    Transfer Sheets.......................................................................20
         4.8      Delivery of Representative's Warrants..........................................................20
         4.9      Payment of Expenses............................................................................20
                  4.9.1    General Expenses......................................................................20
                  4.9.2    Representatives' Expenses.............................................................21
         4.10     Application of Net Proceeds....................................................................22
         4.11     Delivery of Earnings Statements to
                  Security Holders ..............................................................................22
         4.12     Reservation of Shares..........................................................................22

120243.3
                                      (ii)

<PAGE>


                                                                                                               Page

         4.13     Board of Directors.............................................................................22
         4.14     Press Releases.................................................................................23
         4.15     Nasdaq Maintenance.............................................................................23
         4.16     Key Person Life Insurance......................................................................23
         4.17     Disqualification of Form S-1 (or other
                  appropriate form)..............................................................................23
         4.18     Transfer Agent.................................................................................23
         4.19     Accountants....................................................................................23
         4.20     Professional Services..........................................................................24
         4.21     Sale of Securities.............................................................................24
         4.22     Exercise Price of Options/Warrants.............................................................24
         4.23     Insiders Sales.................................................................................24

5.       Conditions of the Underwriter's Obligations.............................................................25
         5.1      Regulatory Matters.............................................................................25
                  5.1.1    Effectiveness of Registration Statement...............................................25
                  5.1.2    NASD Clearance........................................................................25
                  5.1.3    No Blue Sky Stop Orders...............................................................25
         5.2      Counsel Matters................................................................................25
                  5.2.1    Closing Date Opinion of Counsel.......................................................25
                  5.2.2    Reliance..............................................................................31
                  5.2.3    Subsidiaries..........................................................................32
         5.3      Cold Comfort Letter............................................................................32
         5.4      Certificates...................................................................................34
                  5.4.1    Officers' Certificates................................................................34
                  5.4.2    Secretary's Certificate...............................................................35
         5.5      No Material Changes............................................................................35
         5.6      Delivery of Representative's Warrants..........................................................36
         5.7      Opinion of Counsel for the Underwriter.........................................................36
         5.8      Copies of the Prospectus.......................................................................36
         5.9      Delivery of Certificates.......................................................................37
         5.10     Conditions to Obligation of the Company........................................................37

6.       Escrow Provision........................................................................................37
         6.1      Escrow Account.................................................................................37
         6.2      Receipt of Funds...............................................................................38
         6.3      No Commissions if Offering Unsuccessful........................................................38
         6.4      Maintenance of Payments........................................................................38

7.       Indemnification.........................................................................................38
         7.1      Indemnification of the Underwriter.............................................................38
                  7.1.1    By the Company........................................................................38
                  7.1.2    Procedure.............................................................................39
         7.2      Indemnification of the Company.................................................................40

120243.3
                                      (iii)

<PAGE>


                                                                                                               Page

         7.3      Contribution...................................................................................41
                  7.3.1    Contribution Rights...................................................................41
                  7.3.2    Contribution Procedure................................................................42

8.       Covenants of the Representative.........................................................................42
         8.1      Compliance with NASD Rules of Fair Practice....................................................42
         8.2      Waiver of "Lock-Up" . . . . . . . . . .........................................................42

9.       Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery......................................................43

10.      Effective Date of This Agreement and
         Termination Thereof.....................................................................................43
         10.1     Effective Date.................................................................................43
         10.2     Termination....................................................................................43
         10.3     Notice.........................................................................................44
         10.4     Expenses.......................................................................................44
         10.5     Indemnification................................................................................44

11.      Miscellaneous...........................................................................................44
         11.1     Notices........................................................................................44
         11.2     Headings.......................................................................................45
         11.3     Amendment......................................................................................45
         11.4     Entire Agreement...............................................................................46
         11.5     Binding Effect.................................................................................46
         11.6     Governing Law; Jurisdiction....................................................................46
         11.7     Execution in Counterparts......................................................................46
         11.8     Waiver, Etc....................................................................................46



120243.3
                                      (iv)

<PAGE>



                              INDEX OF DEFINITIONS

Term                                                                                                        Section

Act...........................................................................................................2.1.1
Application...................................................................................................7.1.1
Asset Purchase Agreement.......................................................................................2.28
Closing Date..................................................................................................1.1.2
Code.........................................................................................................2.22.2
Commission....................................................................................................1.1.2
Common Stock....................................................................................................1.1
Company......................................................................................Introductory Paragraph
Contributing Party............................................................................................7.3.2
Controlling Person............................................................................................7.1.1
Control Persons................................................................................................2.25
Effective Date................................................................................................1.1.1
ERISA........................................................................................................2.22.2
ERISA Plan...................................................................................................2.22.2
Escrow Agreement..............................................................................................1.1.3
Escrow Account................................................................................................1.1.3
Exchange Act..................................................................................................2.1.2
Filing Date..................................................................................................2.18.2
Insiders.......................................................................................................2.25
Intangibles....................................................................................................2.21
Merger.........................................................................................................2.27
NASD..........................................................................................................1.1.1
Non-Insider Shareholders.......................................................................................2.25
Nasdaq.........................................................................................................2.20
Preferred Stock.................................................................................................2.7
Preliminary Prospectus........................................................................................2.1.1
Prospectus....................................................................................................2.1.1
Registration Statement........................................................................................2.1.1
Regulations...................................................................................................2.1.1
Representative...............................................................................Introductory Paragraph
Representative's Securities...................................................................................1.2.1
Representative's Warrants.....................................................................................1.2.1
Restrictions...................................................................................................2.14
Returns........................................................................................................2.17
Securities....................................................................................................1.2.1
Shares........................................................................................................1.1.1
Subsidiaries...................................................................................................2.27
Taxes..........................................................................................................2.17
Unaudited Financials............................................................................................4.6
Underwriter..................................................................................Introductory Paragraph
You..........................................................................................Introductory Paragraph

120243.3
</TABLE>
                                       (v)

<PAGE>








                           NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

                     1996 Senior Executive Stock Option Plan
                     ---------------------------------------

                  1.  Purpose of the Plan.  The Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1996 Senior  Executive Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is intended to advance the
interests  of Niche  Pharmaceuticals,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  by  providing  an
incentive and reward for certain senior executives (the "Senior Executives") who
are in a position to contribute substantially to the progress and success of the
Company,  to  closely  align the  interests  of the Senior  Executives  with the
interests  of  stockholders  of  the  Company  by  linking   benefits  to  stock
performance  and to retain  the  services  of such  Senior  Executives.  This is
accomplished   by  providing  for  the  granting  of  "Options"  to  the  Senior
Executives.

                  2. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Board
of Directors of the Company (the "Board of  Directors")  or by a committee  (the
"Committee")  chosen by the Board of  Directors.  Except as herein  specifically
provided,  the  interpretation and construction by the Board of Directors or the
Committee of any  provision of the Plan or of any Option  granted under it shall
be final and conclusive.  The receipt of Options by Directors, or any members of
the Committee,  shall not preclude their vote on any matters in connection  with
the administration or interpretation of the Plan.



                                        1

<PAGE>


                  3.     Shares Subject to the Plan.  The stock subject to
Options  granted under the Plan shall be shares of the  Company's  common stock,
par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"),  whether  authorized but unissued
or held  in the  Company's  treasury,  or  shares  purchased  from  stockholders
expressly for use under the Plan.  The maximum  number of shares of Common Stock
which may be issued  pursuant to Options granted under the Plan shall not exceed
in the  aggregate  four  hundred  five  thousand  (405,000)  shares,  subject to
adjustment in accordance  with the provisions of Section 11 hereof.  The Company
shall, at all times while the Plan is in force, reserve such number of shares of
Common  Stock  as  will  be  sufficient  to  satisfy  the  requirements  of  all
outstanding Options granted under the Plan.

                  4.     Participation; Number of Options.

                         (a) The Senior Executives that shall be eligible to
receive Options under the Plan shall be Stephen F. Brandon
("Brandon"), Thomas F. Reed ("Reed"), Jean Sperry ("Sperry") and
Allan Avery ("Avery").

                         (b) The Board of Directors may grant to the following
Senior Executives  Options covering the number of shares set forth next to their
respective names below:

                  Name               Number of Shares Underlying Options
                  ----               -----------------------------------

                  Brandon                        283,500
                  Reed                            72,900
                  Sperry                          24,300
                  Avery                           24,300

                                        2

<PAGE>





                  5.     Options under the Plan.  The Options granted under
the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

                         (a)  The option price of the shares subject to an
Option  shall be Five  Dollars  ($5.00)  per  share,  subject to  adjustment  in
accordance with the provisions of Section 11 hereof.

                         (b) The Options shall vest to the extent of one-third
(1/3) of the number of shares  covered  thereby in each of 1999,  2000 and 2001,
respectively,  upon the date that the Company's audited financial statements for
the fiscal  years ended  December  31, 1998,  1999 and 2000,  respectively,  are
issued,  provided that the Company's  cumulative  pre-tax income from operations
from January 1, 1997 through  December 31, 1997,  1998 or 1999,  as the case may
be, as reflected in the Company's audited financial  statements  through the end
of the  particular  fiscal year,  exceeds  $300,000,  $3,000,000 or  $7,500,000,
respectively,  without giving effect to any deferred  financing  costs resulting
from the  issuance  by the  Company to Dominant  Construction  Corp.  of 100,000
shares of Common Stock,  in the Company's  bridge  financing  transaction  which
closed on December 9, 1996 (the "Cumulative Goals"), provided, however, that, in
the event a Cumulative Goal through the end of a particular year is not met, the
installment of Options which would have vested for that  particular year had the
Cumulative Goal been met will nevertheless

                                        3

<PAGE>



vest in a future  year if the  Cumulative  Goal which  relates to the vesting of
Options  through  the end of that  future  year is  met.  As an  example  of the
foregoing,  in the  event the  Company's  pre-tax  income  from  operations  (as
determined  above) for the first  fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1997 equals
$200,000,  the initial  one-third  installment of the Option will not then vest;
however,  in the event the  cumulative  pre-tax  income from  operations for the
fiscal  year ended  December  31, 1997 and 1998 equal  $3,100,000,  then at such
time,  the Option will vest to the extent of  two-thirds  of the shares  covered
thereby.

                         (c) The Options granted under the Plan shall expire
on  December  31,  2006 at 5:00 p.m.  Roanoke,  Texas time  (subject  to earlier
termination as expressly provided in Section 9 hereof).

                  6.     Stock Option Agreement.  Each Option granted under
the Plan shall be authorized by the Board of Directors or the
Committee, and shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement which
shall be executed by the Company and by the Senior Executive to
whom such Option is granted.

                  7.     Rights of Option Holders.  The holder of any Option
granted under the Plan shall have none of the rights of a
stockholder with respect to the stock covered by his Option until
such stock shall be transferred to him upon the exercise of his
Option.

                                        4

<PAGE>



                  8. Transferability.  No Option granted under the Plan shall be
transferable  by the Senior  Executive to whom it was granted  otherwise than by
Will or the laws of descent and  distribution,  and, during the lifetime of such
Senior Executive, shall not be exercisable by any other person, but only by him.

                  9.     Termination of Employment or Death.

                         (a)  Subject to the terms of the Stock Option
Agreement,  if the  employment  or  services  of a  Senior  Executive  shall  be
terminated  for cause or voluntarily  by the Senior  Executive,  then his Option
shall expire forthwith.  Subject to the terms of the Stock Option Agreement, and
except  as  provided  in  subsections  (b) and (c) of  this  Section  9, if such
employment or services  shall  terminate for any other reason,  then such Option
may be exercised  at any time within  three (3) months  after such  termination,
subject to the  provisions of subsection  (d) of this Section 9. For purposes of
the Plan, the retirement of a Senior  Executive  either pursuant to a pension or
retirement  plan  adopted  by the  Company  or at  the  normal  retirement  date
prescribed from time to time by the Company shall be deemed to be termination of
such Senior  Executive's  employment  other than  voluntarily or for cause.  For
purposes of this  subsection  (a), a Senior  Executive  who leaves the employ or
services of the Company to become an employee or non-employee  Director of, or a
consultant or advisor to, a

                                        5

<PAGE>



subsidiary  corporation of the Company or a corporation (or subsidiary or parent
corporation of the corporation) which has assumed the Option of the Company as a
result of a corporate  reorganization,  etc.,  shall not be  considered  to have
terminated his employment.

                         (b)  If the Senior Executive holding an Option under
the Plan dies (i) while employed by, or while serving as a non-employee Director
for or a consultant  or advisor to, the Company or a subsidiary  corporation  of
the  Company,  or (ii)  within  three (3) months  after the  termination  of his
employment or services  other than  voluntarily  by the Senior  Executive or for
cause, then such Option may, subject to the provisions of subsection (d) of this
Section 9, be  exercised by the estate of the Senior  Executive,  or by a person
who acquired the right to exercise such Option by bequest or  inheritance  or by
reason of the death of such  Senior  Executive  at any time  within one (1) year
after such death.

                         (c)  Subject to the terms of the Stock Option
Agreement,  if the  Senior  Executive  holding an Option  under the Plan  ceases
employment  or services  because of permanent and total  disability  (within the
meaning of Section  22(e)(3) of the Code) while employed by, or while serving as
a  non-employee  Director  for or  consultant  or advisor  to, the  Company or a
subsidiary corporation of the Company, then such Option may, subject to the

                                        6

<PAGE>



provisions of subsection  (d) of this Section 9, be exercised at any time within
one (1) year after his termination of employment, termination of Directorship or
termination of consulting or advisory  services,  as the case may be, due to the
disability.

                         (d)  An Option may not be exercised pursuant to this
Section 9 except  to the  extent  that the  Senior  Executive  was  entitled  to
exercise the Option at the time of  termination  of  employment,  termination of
Directorship,  termination of consulting or advisory services,  or death, and in
any event may not be exercised after the expiration of the Option.

                         (e)  For purposes of this Section 9, the employment
relationship of the Senior Executive will be treated as continuing  intact while
he is on  military  or sick leave or other  bona fide leave of absence  (such as
temporary  employment  by the  Government)  if such leave does not exceed ninety
(90) days,  or, if longer,  so long as his right to  reemployment  is guaranteed
either by statute or by contract.

                  10.    Exercise of Options.

                         (a) Upon vesting, any Option granted under the Plan
shall be exercisable as provided  herein,  in whole at any time, or in part from
time to time, prior to expiration.  The Board of Directors or the Committee,  in
its  absolute  discretion,  may provide in any Stock Option  Agreement  that the


                                        7

<PAGE>



exercise of any Options granted  under the Plan shall be subject (i) to such 
condition or conditions as it may impose, and (ii) to such limitations as it may
impose.

                         (b)  An Option granted under the Plan shall be
exercised by the delivery by the holder  thereof to the Company at its principal
office  (attention of the  Secretary) of written  notice of the number of shares
with  respect  to which the  Option is being  exercised.  Such  notice  shall be
accompanied, or followed within ten (10) days of delivery thereof, by payment of
the full option price of such shares,  and payment of such option price shall be
made by the  holder's  delivery  of (i) his  check  payable  to the order of the
Company,  or (ii)  previously  acquired  Common Stock,  the fair market value of
which  shall  be  determined  as of the  date of  exercise,  or by the  holder's
delivery of any  combination  of the foregoing  (i) and (ii).  In addition,  the
holder shall,  upon  notification of the amount due and prior to or concurrently
with  delivery to the holder of a  certificate  representing  such  shares,  pay
promptly any amount necessary to satisfy applicable Federal,  state or local tax
withholding requirements (the "Withholding Tax"). Alternatively,  the Holder and
the  Company  can agree  prior to the  delivery  to the Holder of a  certificate
representing  such shares,  that the Company can withhold  such number of shares
issuable upon the exercise of the Option having a fair market value as 
determined as of the date of exercise equal to the amount necessary to satisfy 
the Withholding Tax.

                                        8

<PAGE>





                  11.    Adjustment Upon Change in Capitalization.

                         (a)  In the event that the outstanding Common Stock
is  hereafter  changed  by  reason  of  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,
recapitalization,  reclassification,  stock  split-up,  combination  of  shares,
reverse split,  stock dividend or the like, an appropriate  adjustment  shall be
made by the Board of  Directors  or the  Committee  in the  aggregate  number of
shares  available  under the Plan,  and in the number of shares and option price
per share subject to outstanding  Options.  If the Company shall be reorganized,
consolidated,  or merged with another corporation, the holder of an Option shall
be entitled to receive  upon the exercise of his Option the same number and kind
of shares of stock or the same  amount of  property,  cash or  securities  as he
would have been  entitled to receive upon the  happening  of any such  corporate
event as if he had been,  immediately  prior to such  event,  the  holder of the
number of shares covered by his Option.

                         (b)  Any adjustment in the number of shares shall
apply  proportionately  to only the  unexercised  portion of the Option  granted
hereunder.  If fractions of a share would result from any such  adjustment,  the
adjustment shall be revised to the next lower whole number of shares.

                                        9

<PAGE>



                  12.    Further Conditions of Exercise.

                         (a)  Unless prior to the exercise of the Option the
issuance of the shares issuable upon such exercise have been registered with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended,  the notice of exercise  shall be accompanied  by a  representation  or
agreement  of the person or estate  exercising  the Option to the Company to the
effect that such shares are being acquired for investment  purposes and not with
a view to the  distribution  thereof,  or  such  other  documentation  as may be
required by the  Company,  unless in the opinion of counsel to the Company  such
representation,  agreement or documentation is not necessary to comply with such
Act.

                         (b)  The Company shall not be obligated to deliver
any Common Stock until it has been listed on each  securities  exchange on which
the Common Stock may then be listed and until there has been qualification under
or  compliance  with such  federal or state laws,  rules or  regulations  as the
Company may deem applicable.  The Company shall use reasonable efforts to obtain
such listing, qualification and compliance.

                  13.    Effectiveness of the Plan.  The Plan was adopted by
the Board of Directors on December 11, 1996.


                                       10

<PAGE>


                  14.    Termination, Modification and Amendment.

                         (a)  The Plan (but not Options previously granted
under the Plan) shall  terminate on December 10, 2006,  which is within ten (10)
years  from the date of its  adoption  by the Board of  Directors,  or sooner as
hereinafter  provided,  and no Option shall be granted after  termination of the
Plan.

                         (b)  The Board of Directors may at any time, on or
before the termination  date referred to in Section 14(a) hereof,  terminate the
Plan, or from time to time make such  modifications or amendments to the Plan as
it may deem advisable.

                         (c)  No termination, modification, or amendment of
the Plan may,  without  the consent of the Senior  Executive  to whom any Option
shall have been granted, adversely affect the rights conferred by such Option.

                  15. Not a Contract of  Employment.  Nothing  contained  in the
Plan or in any Stock Option Agreement  executed  pursuant hereto shall be deemed
to confer  upon any  Senior  Executive  to whom an  Option is or may be  granted
hereunder  any right to remain in the  employ or  service  of the  Company  or a
subsidiary  corporation of the Company or any entitlement to any remuneration or
other benefit pursuant to any consulting or advisory arrangement.

                  16.    Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds from the sale of
shares pursuant to Options granted under the Plan shall constitute general funds
of the Company.

                 

                                       11

<PAGE>


                  17.    Indemnification of Board of Directors or Committee.
In  addition  to such  other  rights of  indemnification  as they may have,  the
members of the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, shall be
indemnified by the Company to the extent  permitted under applicable law against
all  costs and  expenses  reasonably  incurred  by them in  connection  with any
action,  suit,  or  proceeding  to  which  they or any of them may be a party by
reason of any action  taken or failure  to act under or in  connection  with the
Plan or any rights  granted  thereunder  and against all amounts paid by them in
settlement  thereof or paid by them in  satisfaction  of a judgment  of any such
action, suit or proceeding, except a judgment based upon a finding of bad faith.
Upon the  institution  of any such action,  suit, or  proceeding,  the member or
members of the Board of  Directors or the  Committee,  as the case may be, shall
notify the Company in writing, giving the Company an opportunity at its own cost
to defend the same before such member or members undertake to defend the same on
his or their own behalf.

                  18.    Definitions.  For purposes of the Plan, the terms
"parent corporation" and "subsidiary corporation" shall have the meanings set
forth in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively, and the masculine
shall include the feminine and the neuter as the context requires.

                  19.    Governing Law.  The Plan shall be governed by, and all
questions arising hereunder shall be determined in accordance with, the laws of
the State of Delaware.

                                       12


K:\WPDOC\CORP\NICHE\STKOPT\SENIOSOP.AGM
<PAGE>

                             MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT



1.0      PARTIES

         1.1    BUYER:    NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
                          200 NORTH OAK STREET
                          ROANOKE, TEXAS 76051

         1.2    SELLER:   I F P, INC.
                          2125 AIRPORT DRIVE, HWY. 21 & I35
                          FAIRBAULT, MN 55021

2.0      PRODUCTS

         The item specified on Exhibit A attached hereto ("Products")

3.0      PURPOSE

     3.1 BUYER  requires an assured  source of supply of Products and IFP agrees
to produce such Products in accordance with the  description and  specifications
identified in Exhibit A and Exhibit B attached hereto and made part hereof.

     3.2 IFP shall sell to BUYER and BUYER  shall  purchase  from IFP during the
term of this Agreement all of BUYER's requirements of Products. BUYER represents
to IFP that it has all necessary approvals of the Food & Drug Administration for
the Products.

4.0      PRICE

     4.1  Products:  The  purchase  price of  Products  shall be as set forth in
Exhibit A. BUYER  acknowledges  that this  purchase  price is based upon BUYER's
agreement to purchase all of its requirements of Products exclusively from IFP.

     4.2 Payment:  Payment for all services performed and product delivered will
be made in U.S.  Dollars within thirty (30) days after receipt of IFP's invoice.
Invoices  will be  generated  based upon  completion  of service or  shipment of
product.

5.0      MANUFACTURING AND QUALITY CONTROL

     5.1 For  manufacture  of  Products,  IFP shall  supply all raw material and
packaging components according to specifications provided by BUYER.

     5.2 IFP  shall  utilize  the  quality  control  and  manufacturing  process
provided  IFP  by  the  BUYER  employing  the  same  methodology  or  equivalent
techniques agreed to by IFP and the BUYER.

     5.3 IFP shall provide validation services at the price set forth in Exhibit
A.

     5.4 IFP shall send to an outside facility for accelerated stability testing
for pilot  batches at the prices and  according to the  conditions  set forth in
Exhibit A.


                                     Page 1

<PAGE>



6.0      ARTWORK AND LABELING

     6.1 All  artwork  shall be supplied  by BUYER and must be  compatible  with
IFP's packaging equipment.

7.0      SHIPMENT AND RISK OF LOSS

     7.1 Shipment shall be by whatever means BUYER  instructs and IFP determines
is  reasonable,  provided that shipment is made in accordance  with all relevant
statutory requirements.

     7.2 The  purchase  prices in  Article  4.0 hereof  are FOB  Fairbault,  MN.
Delivery of Products will be to one location in accordance with BUYER's shipping
instructions. IFP's delivery to said carrier or trucker will constitute delivery
to BUYER.  BUYER will bear all risk of loss, delay, or damage in transit as well
as freight and insurance.

     7.3 Claims:  The weights,  tares and tests  affixed by IFP's  invoice shall
govern  unless  proven to be incorrect.  Claims  relating to quantity,  quality,
weight,  condition  and loss of or damage to any of the Products sold under this
Agreement  shall be waived  by BUYER  unless  made  within  thirty  (30) days of
receipt of Product by BUYER?

8.0      TERM

     8.1 This  Agreement  shall be effective as of September 1, 1997,  and shall
continue  in full force and  effect  for a period of three (3) years  commencing
with the date of first  commercial sale of Products by BUYER.  This Agreement or
any renewal  thereof  shall be  automatically  renewed and  extended in the same
terms and  conditions at the  expiration of the term for a renewal period of two
(2) years thereafter unless either party shall notify the other party in writing
at least one (1) year prior to the  expiration  of the  initial  term of renewal
term of its intention not to renew or amend this Agreement.

9.0      ESTIMATES AND PURCHASE ORDERS

     9.1 IFP will  order  components  of  Products,  printed  labeling,  package
materials  in  containers  based  on the  lead  time  required  to fill  BUYER's
estimated  requirements.   BUYER  agrees  to  purchase  from  IFP  all  Products
manufactured  for BUYER by IFP in  accordance  with BUYER's most recent  written
estimated and/or purchase orders.  Upon change in artwork  requested by BUYER or
upon  termination  of this  Agreement,  BUYER shall  purchase  any  inventory of
Products  manufactured  for it by IFP and  remaining at the date of  termination
along with any components,  printed labeling, packaging materials and containers
which were acquired  and/or  prepared by IFP based on forecast  pursuant to this
Agreement.  Any inventory of packaging  components rendered obsolete as a result
of a change shall be purchased from IFP by BUYER.

     9.2 At the  initiation  of this  Agreement,  BUYER will  provide IFP with a
written forecast indicating BUYER's projected needs for the succeeding year.

     9.3 BUYER shall place orders in  increments  of single  batches,  i.e.,  as
stated in "Exhibit A."


     9.4 At the end of each calendar quarter,  during the term of this Agreement
or any subsequent agreement,  BUYER shall provide IFP with more specific data as
to its projected needs for the following four (4) calendar quarters. The parties
acknowledge that any data provided to IFP

                                     Page 2

<PAGE>



by BUYER  concerning  its  projected  needs shall be estimates  and shall not be
binding on BUYER unless and until confirmed by BUYER's written purchase order.

     9.5 BUYER shall issue written  purchase  orders to IFP at least ninety (90)
days prior to the requested  delivery date if the  requirements  are at or below
the  previously  supplied  estimates  and  one  hundred  twenty  (120)  days  if
requirements exceed the previous estimates by twenty-five (25) percent(%).

     9.6 BUYER's  purchase  orders shall  designate  the desired  quantities  of
Products, delivery dates and destinations.  IFP shall promptly fill and ship all
orders of Products in accordance with BUYER's instructions.

10.0     WARRANTIES

     10.1 IFP warrants  that  Products  delivered to BUYER under this  Agreement
shall, at the time of delivery;

          10.1.1 Meet the  specifications  for  products  set forth in Exhibit B
                 attached hereto;

          10.1.2 Shall be in good, usable and merchantable condition; and,

          10.1.3 Shall be in  compliance  with all  applicable  Federal laws and
                 regulations.

     10.2 BUYER  shall have a period of thirty (30) days from date of receipt of
the  Products to inspect and reject any shipment of Products on the grounds that
it does not comply with the  provisions  of Article 10.1 hereof.  All or part of
any shipment may be held for IFP's  disposition and at IFP's expense if found to
be not in  compliance  with the  specifications  set forth in  Exhibit B hereof,
provided IFP confirms such  noncompliance  through generally  acceptable quality
control procedures.

     10.3 IFP will indemnify and hold BUYER harmless for the  administrative and
product  costs  associated  with a product  recall should such recall arise from
IFP's willful misconduct or negligence in the manufacture of product.  Any claim
for  indemnification  hereunder  shall be  supported  by  reference to generally
accepted quality control procedures mutually agreeable to IFP and BUYER.

     10.4  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  Article  12.0  hereof,  BUYER's
exclusive remedy and IFP's exclusive liability under this Agreement or otherwise
(including  negligence)  shall be for damages  which shall in no event exceed so
much of the purchase  price as is applicable  to that portion of the  particular
shipment with respect to which damages are claimed.  BUYER assumes all risks and
liability, and IFP assumes no liability, with respect to unloading and discharge
of the Products,  storage,  handling, sale and use of the products including its
use alone or in  combination  with other  substances  or in the operation of any
process, and the compliance or non compliance with all Federal,  state and local
laws and regulations applicable to the Products.  Other than as expressly stated
in this Agreement, neither party shall be liable to the other for any incidental
or  consequential  damages  arising in  connection  with this  Agreement  or the
Products sold hereunder.

11.0     PATENT INDEMNITY

     11.1 IFP shall  indemnify and hold BUYER harmless from all costs,  damages,
and  expenses  (including  attorney's  fees)  arising  out of any suit or action
brought against BUYER based upon a

                                     Page 3

<PAGE>



claim that any process or technical data owned by IFP infringes a U.S. patent or
any other proprietary rights.

     11.2 BUYER will indemnify and hold IFP harmless from all costs, damages and
expenses  (including  attorney's fees) arising out of any suit or action against
IFP based on a claim (i) that any process or technical  data or other Product or
manufacturing  specifications  furnished by BUYER  infringes on a U.S. patent or
other  proprietary  rights or (ii) that sale of  distribution of the Products by
BUYER infringes a U.S. patent(s).

12.0     GENERAL INDEMNITIES/CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

     12.1 IFP will  indemnify and hold BUYER harmless for any and all liability,
damage, loss, cost or expense (including  reasonable  attorney's fees) resulting
from any third party claims made or suits brought against BUYER which arise from
IFP's negligence in the manufacture of Products hereunder or IFP's breach of the
warranty  set forth in Article  10.1  hereof.  Upon  filing of any such claim or
suit, BUYER shall immediately notify IFP.

     12.2 BUYER will indemnify and hold IFP harmless from any and all liability,
damage, loss, cost or expense (including  reasonable  attorney's fees) resulting
from any third party claims made or suits  brought  against IFP which arise from
BUYER's willful misconduct or negligence in the specifications for, or handling,
distribution,  marketing or sale of Products hereunder.  Upon filing of any such
claim or suit, IFP shall immediately notify BUYER.

     12.3 The applicable provisions of the  "cross-indemnities" in Articles 12.1
and 12.2  hereof  shall also apply to IFP's  production  and  BUYER's use of the
Products produced from pilot batches.

     12.4  BUYER  shall  provide  to  IFP  evidence  of  Product  Liability  and
Contractual Liability insurance reasonably  satisfactory to IFP of not less than
$2 million per occurrence  prior to IFP delivering  initial  commercial  product
naming IFP as an insured under such policy.  Insurance  shall  maintain in force
for  the  term  of  this  Agreement  and any  subsequent  renewals.  Failure  to
demonstrate  proof of valid in-force coverage or such other evidence of coverage
for third  party  liability  as shall be  satisfactory  to IFP,  or  failure  to
maintain  such  coverage  shall  be  terms  for  immediate  termination  of this
Agreement by IFP.

     12.5 IFP shall self-insure or maintain Product  liability  insurance to the
extent of $2 million dollars.

13.0     REGULATORY FILINGS AND APPROVALS

     13.1 BUYER  shall  fulfill  all  approval  and  reporting  requirements  of
applicable  Federal and State  regulatory  agencies with respect to the Products
supplied  by IFP  hereunder,  provided  that IFP shall  cooperate  with BUYER in
providing any data or other information  readily available to IFP concerning the
Products  which will  enable  BUYER to secure the  approvals  necessary  for the
Products.

14.0     FORCE MAJEURE

     14.1 BUYER and IFP shall not be considered in default of their  obligations
hereunder to the extent that  performance of such  obligations  hereunder to the
extent that performance of such obligations is delayed, hindered or prevented by
Force Majeure.  Force Majeure includes,  without  imitation,  inclement weather,
strikes,  lockouts,  inability  to procure  labor or  materials  or fuels due to
shortages,  fires,  riots,  incendiarism,  interference  by  civil  of  military
authorities, compliance with the

                                     Page 4

<PAGE>



regulations  or order of any  government  authority,  or the  outbreak or war or
insurgence, or acts of war (declared or undeclared) and any other cause which is
beyond the reasonable control of either party.  Specifically  excluded from this
definition are those acts of the Federal  Government of any agency  thereof,  or
judicial  action which could have been avoided by  compliance  with such laws or
regulations, publicly available and reasonably expected to be known by BUYER and
IFP.

15.0     FAILURE TO MARKET/REPURCHASE OF OBLIGATIONS

     15.1 In the event IFP wishes to cancel  this  Agreement  or any  subsequent
Agreement relating to the supply of Products by IFP prior to the expiration date
hereof,  IFP agrees to sell to BUYER at BUYER's  request under the current terms
and  conditions of this  Agreement or subsequent  renewal a supply of Product of
not more than the total purchased  amount of Product for the  immediately  prior
one (1) year period.

16.0     TERMINATION

     16.1 In the event  that  either  party  hereto  shall at any time  commit a
material breach of any of its obligations  hereunder,  the  non-breaching  party
may, at its option,  terminate this Agreement by giving the other party at least
one hundred and eighty (180)  calendar  days' prior written  notice.  Unless the
breaching  party  cures the breach  within the  aforesaid  notice  period,  this
Agreement shall be deemed terminated.

     16.2 Any  termination of this Agreement  shall not release the parties from
liabilities  and  obligations  accrued as of the date thereof  including but not
limited to BUYER's  reimbursement  of IFP's cost of materials  purchased for the
Products prior to notice of termination.

17.0     NON-WAIVER OF RIGHTS

     17.1  Failure  by IFP or BUYER at any time to  enforce  any of the terms or
conditions of this Agreement shall not affect or impair such terms or conditions
in any way,  or the  right of IFP or BUYER at any time to avail  itself  of such
remedies  as it may have for any  breach of such terms or  conditions  under the
provisions of this Agreement, in equity or at law.

18.0     TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

     18.1  BUYER  hereby  acknowledges  that it does not  have,  and  shall  not
acquire, any interest in any of IFP's trademarks or trade names for the Products
unless otherwise expressly agreed.

     18.2  BUYER  agrees  not to use  any  trade  names  or  trademarks  of IFP,
including but without  limitation the trade name and trademark "IFP",  except as
specifically  authorized  by IFP in writing  both as to the names or marks which
may be used and as to the manner and prominence of use.

19.0     CONFIDENTIALITY

     19.1  The  parties  hereby   acknowledge  that  any  and  all  information,
knowledge,  technology and trade secrets relating to the production,  processing
and testing of Products  may be used only in the  production  of Products  under
this Agreement.

     19.2  BUYER  shall  maintain  in  confidence  all  information,  knowledge,
technology  and trade secrets  relating to the Products as purchased from IFP or
developed  solely by IFP after the date of this Agreement and disclosed to BUYER
and BUYER shall not use such IFP information, knowledge,

                                     Page 5

<PAGE>



technology  and trade secrets for itself or for any third party not disclose the
same to any third party without the express written consent of IFP.

     19.3  IFP  shall  maintain  in  confidence  all   information,   knowledge,
technology  and trade secrets  relating to formula for the Products as purchased
from BUYER after the date of this  Agreement  and disclosed to IFP and IFP shall
not use such  BUYER  formulae,  information,  knowledge,  technology  and  trade
secrets  for itself or for any third  party nor  disclose  the same to any third
party without the express written consent of BUYER.

     19.4 The  obligations  set forth above shall not apply to any  information,
data,  technology,  or trade secrets disclosed by one party to the other, either
in anticipation of or pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement  between
the parties,  if it is (a) already known to the  receiving  party as of the date
such  disclosure  is made;  (b)  available to the  receiving  party from printed
publications  as of the date such  disclosure is made or becomes  available from
printed  publications  through no fault or the receiving party; or (c) disclosed
to said receiving  party by an  independent  third party through no fault of the
receiving party.

20.0     NOTICES

     20.1 Any notice  required to be given  herein  shall be deemed to have been
sufficiently  given to either party for all of the  purposes  hereof if given by
telephone,  telex, or cable and confirmed by registered  mail,  postage prepaid,
addressed as follows:

                TO IFP:            President
                                   I F P, Inc.
                                   2125 Airport Drive
                                   Hwy 21 & Interstate 35
                                   Fairbault, MN 55021-7969

                TO BUYER:          President
                                   Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
                                   200 North Oak Street
                                   P.  O.  Box 449
                                   Roanoke, Texas 76262-0449

or to such other  address as either of the  parties  shall  designate  by notice
given as herein  required.  Notices  shall be effective  seven (7) calendar days
after mailing of confirmation.

21.0     AMENDMENTS AND WAIVER

     21.1 This Agreement cannot be amended in any respect except in writing duly
excuted  by both  parties.  No  waiver  of  compliance  with any  provisions  or
conditions  of this  Agreement and no approvals  provided for in this  Agreement
shall be  effective  unless  evidenced by a written  instrument  executed by the
party to be charged.

22.0     ASSIGNMENT

     22.1 Neither  party hereto shall assign this  Agreement or any part thereof
or any interest  herein  without the written  approval of the other party hereto
except as herein  otherwise  provided and such approval may not be  unreasonably
withheld.

                                     Page 6

<PAGE>



23.0     GOVERNING LAW

     23.1 This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas.

24.0     ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     24.1 This  Agreement  constitutues  the entire  understanding  between  the
parties and shall  supersede any prior  agreements  between the parties  hereto.
Each party acknowledges that there are no other  understandings  which relate to
the matters covered herein or which are inconsistent with any provisions of this
Agreement.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have executed  this  Agreement in
duplicate effective as of the date of the latest of the signatures hereto.


NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.                I F P , INC.

By:      /s/ Steve F. Brandon              By:  /s/ illegible
Title:   CEO President                     Title: President
Date:    September 1, 1997                 Date:  August 25, 1997



















                               Page 7


              CONSENT OF MOORE STEPHENS, P.C. INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


         We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption  "Expert" and
to the use of our report dated November 15, 1996 in the  Registration  Statement
(Form  SB-2)  and  related  Prospectus  of  Niche  Pharmaceuticals,   Inc.  (the
"Company") covering the registration of 1,560,000 of the Company's Common Shares
and 140,000 of the Company's Warrants.

New York, New York
September 16, 1997

                                                      /S/ Moore Stephens, P.C.
                                                      -----------------------
                                                       MOORE STEPHENS, P.C.



<PAGE>



                            CONSENT OF ROBERT C. LAU




         The  undersigned  consents  to the  reference  to him under the caption
"Management" in the Registration Statement (Form SB-2) and related Prospectus of
Niche  Pharmaceuticals,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  covering  the  registration  of
1,560,000 the Company's Common Shares and 140,000 of the Company's Warrants.


Coconut Grove, Florida
September 16, 1997

                                                    /s/ Robert C. Lau
                                                    -----------------------
                                                         ROBERT C. LAU


<PAGE>


<TABLE> <S> <C>

   

<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     (Replace this text with the legend)
</LEGEND>
<CURRENCY>                                     1
       
<S>                             <C>                           <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS                         YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                           Dec-31-1997              Dec-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                              Jan-01-1997              Jan-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                Jun-30-1997              Dec-31-1996
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                             1                        1       
<CASH>                                      51,767                   60,956
<SECURITIES>                                0                        0
<RECEIVABLES>                               111,012                  115,413
<ALLOWANCES>                                0                        0
<INVENTORY>                                 157,106                  270,289
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                            322,360                  446,658
<PP&E>                                      17,807                   20,051
<DEPRECIATION>                              34,200                   31,956
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              1,500,789                1,884,243
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       1,068,176                1,069,902
<BONDS>                                     1,210,606                1,430,929
                       0                        0
                                 0                        0
<COMMON>                                    1,234                    1,157
<OTHER-SE>                                  (779,227)                (617,745)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                1,500,789                1,884,243
<SALES>                                     469,514                  1,127,316
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                            469,514                  1,127,316
<CGS>                                       155,529                  398,815
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               155,529                  398,815
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                            398,841                  1,002,459
<LOSS-PROVISION>                            0                        0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                          (101,020)                203,935
<INCOME-PRETAX>                             (400,005)                (499,639)
<INCOME-TAX>                                0                        0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                         0                        0
<DISCONTINUED>                              0                        0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                             0                        0
<CHANGES>                                   0                        0
<NET-INCOME>                                (400,005)                (499,639)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                               (.36)                    (.45)
<EPS-DILUTED>                               (.36)                    (.45) 
    
        



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission